Home

CompLab printer - manual: print function

1. 13 5 4 Maintenance de Administrator Logout 2 Lr Ready to Scan e Display To Main Menu ROM Version Total 0 898 x Total Duplex gt Import Export of Originals 81 Status Notification Setting of Used Paper 81 Total Counter Notification Copy Counter Seta Total Ja Date Time Setting Large Size 10 Timer Setting Print Counter gt Network Error Code Display Total jo Setting Large Size jo Reset Scan Fax Counter License Settings Print Scans gt Edit Font Macro Usi ad 104 Large Size D 0 Job Log s i Fax TX lo Fax RX lo Paper Size Type Counter Paper Size Paper Type Count Ww xi Not Specified J0 8 1 2 x 14 ot Specified 0 8 1 2 x 11 ot Specified D 512 x812 ot Specified A3 ot Specified 0 B4 ot Specified 0 B5 ot Specified 0 AA ot Specified A5 ot Specified Others ot Specified 0 Item Description Meter Count Enables you to check the meter count of this machine ROM Version Enables you to check the ROM version Import Export Saves exports setting information of this machine as a file or writes imports it from a file to this machine Status Notifica Configure the function to be reported to a registered user when an error has oc tion Setting curred in this machine Specify the destination and items to notify a registered user of an error Total Counter Configure the setting to noti
2. 1 Ethernet port 1000Base T 100Base TX 10Base T 2 USB port ineo 223 283 363 423 2 3 Setup procedure 2 2 3 Setup procedure To use this printing system you must complete the setup in advance The setup refers to a series of procedures for connecting the machine to the computer and installing the print er driver to the computer Perform the setup using the following procedures 2 3 1 For network connection 1 Connect this machine to the computer 4 Check that the computer to be used is connected to the network Specify the IP address of this machine and then connect it to the network Change the network settings for this machine according to the connection method or protocol gt LPR In LPD Setting enable LPD printing Port9100 In TCP IP Settings enable the RAW port number initial setting 9100 SMB Configure settings of Print Settings in SMB Settings IPP IPPS In IPP Settings enable IPP printing To use IPPS printing install the certificate in ad vance Web Service Print In Web Service Settings enable the print function Bonjour In Bonjour Setting enable Bonjour AppleTalk In AppleTalk Settings enable AppleTalk y yyy y y D Install the printer driver 3 Specify the network port for the printer driver according to the connection method or protocol 6 Install the screen fonts 3 The DVD ROM contains the European
3. bicon New Registration gt Group Search by number nso w c gt Program Search from Index L 8 o Temporary One Touch No Function Name S MIME Edit Delete gt Subject 1 Email Tokyo Edit Delete gt Text 2 E mail Osaka Esit Delete gt Prefix Suffix 3 E mail Nagoya Eit Delete llas T 5 sw sve i Ese pete 6 WebDAV WebDAVI Es Delete 7 P IPFaxl Esit Delete 8 Mem M LFax Edit Delete Description Address Book Enables you to check the address book registered in this machine or to register and change an address Group Enables you to check the group address book registered in this machine or to reg ister and change an address Program Enables you to check the program address book registered in this machine or to register and change an address Temporary One Enables you to check the temporary program address book registered in this ma Touch chine or to register and change an address Subject Registers up to 10 subjects when sending E mails Text Registers up to 10 body messages to be used when sending E mails Application Reg Registers application settings and server addresses when using the applications istration such as RightFax Server registered in the external server Registering applications and servers enables you to automatically connect to the server of the sele
4. 2 7 2 2 2 Interfaces used for connection ssessssssssssssssesseeseeeee nennen nne nnn nnne nne n nnne nnne nnn rennes nnns 2 8 agnis cl 2 8 WIS BAO ACS ct weeded 2 8 Connection MAMA DC 2 8 2 3 Set p procedure iecur LLe ILL Joa eco Lu IIS etse EA 2 9 2 3 1 For network CONNECTION ici e a a aaa said 2 9 2 3 2 FOP loGal CONNECTION NOPAL OO AN 2 10 3 Precautions for Installation 3 1 to ai 3 3 3 2 Printer drivers compatible with respective operating systems eere 3 4 3 3 Connection methods selectable in each operating system eene 3 6 3 8 1 Windows Vista Server 2008 T s ries satia trieste to eaae Seis eser eer XS ERR TRA RR RR XR ANE aa EFIE ER Ra Rene eda 3 6 3 3 2 Windows 2000 XBP Server 2009 3 eter toa st re re tix a Dee tasas 3 7 3 3 3 Mac OSX 1022 1 08 1 014 10 5 1 O56 ccssssiesciecvsdedssvactacacsisacuesacsdusctagsieibaciaxatescaniesinabcssiavacecdinsashasstanacacs 3 7 3 3 4 ERA O O tice 3 8 3 3 5 IE Er 3 8 4 Manual Installation Using the Add Printer Wizard 4 1 Windows Vista Server 2008 7 cesses eeeeeeeeeeen ee ene nnne nnne nnnm a inna sinas inna sss a asma assa enanas 4 1 1 For network connection LPR Port 9100 SMB Settings for the machine etiara e i
5. 11 3 4 Setting the printer driver The following four printer drivers support this feature e GENERIC PCL Printer Driver for Windows PCL driver e GENERIC PostScript Printer Driver for Windows PS driver e GENERIC XPS Printer Driver for Windows XPS driver e GENERIC PostScript PPD Printer Driver for Mac OS X Perform printing with the following settings specified e Output Method Save in User Box or Save in User Box Print Reference e Create the User Box for saving the data in advance with the User Box function of the machine For de tails on the User Box functions of the machine refer to the User s Guide Box Operations For Windows 1 Click to display the Basic tab 2 Select Save in User Box or Save in User Box Print in Output Method gt To save data in a User Box and print at the same time select Save in User Box Print Printing Preferences f My Tab Basic Layout Finish Cover Mode Stamp Compostion Quaity Other Favorite Setting fA Defaut Setting mud Original Orientation Output Method Hem Em Original Size Es Print shail ESE Secure Print Y Paper Size Same as Original Size 400 B Save in User Box Print Manual EX Proof Print n pt Paper Tray ES ID amp Print A E Auto P sE E Paper Settings for Each Tray Pinter View Printer information Cosa Canos Hee ineo 223 283 363 423 11 13 11 Save in User Box 11 3 3 Enter the File Name of the documen
6. essen nemen 11 26 Printing a document by specifying it from the ID amp Print User Box eene 11 27 Logging in using the authentication unit nennen nennen 11 29 Printing from a cellular phone or PDA eeeeseeeeeeeeenee eee ennn enhn ennt nnn anna nnnm nnmnnn nna 11 30 Operating environment 5 oec iren tih duccagvosudh Ka condi a aa aKa pA Aarena a Duren EE Eaei 11 30 Printing a document i cua it C Ee e oie tutelae aad 11 30 Specifying the encryption passphrase by the USEV cccssseeeeeeeseeeeeeeeeeseeeeeeeeeeseeeeeeeesneeeees 11 33 Settings for the mnachine cuiii t coda dete d reed ridere aa Rey dee Lee ah ean geo ERR Fe da e a agas 11 33 setting the printer IV ON uri id ne ten wah red eed coena deena la ea ease etra 11 35 For WindOWS ae et erp e PU D XB yaaa cope ct S Rau ERR cc ane eee Boba eee XE Rena oer ER EUG 11 35 For Mac OS X2 aea d io et et P qi emm ds 11 36 Basic operations of User Settings lees eeeieee eee eeieeeeee eese enne nna nn nnne nnmnnn nnmnnn 12 3 Displaying the User Settings screen ssssseeseeeeeneeneneen nennen rennen nennen 12 3 User CIMDLDIIEM C 12 5 iai B BEST ui fo RR NN 12 5 Number of Copies esain ted ndice 12 6 Original Directo CET 12 7 Contents 4 ineo 223 283 363 423 12 2 4 12 2 5 12 2 6 12 2 7 12 2 8 12 2 9 12 2 10
7. 9 7 9 4 Addin a CUSTOM size eerie teet a tuens eed 9 9 9 5 Parameter details eicit rai 9 10 9 5 1 Page Attributes ee c dei RO A EO 9 10 9 5 2 Copies amp P ges 5 e e ee ed pg EA ER ES Re i e EE DRE Rei aeg age lagos 9 11 9 5 3 Output Method Checking the Output Method detail settings eeseeenenennenm enn 9 13 9 5 4 Eayout Finish NON 9 15 9 5 5 Paper Tray Output Tray iiit eet e terrre ae pp dicas 9 17 9 5 6 Cover Mode Transparency Interleave eeseeeeeeeeennenn nennen eene 9 18 9 5 7 Per Page Seto miis iii delis 9 19 Editing Per Page Setting 4 late te Menge ep et eg eso Mna Le Meta La RA Ue Aaa Menace 9 20 9 5 8 Stamp 7 Composition viii ir ge c ee e e eer ep ec t i eee 9 20 Editing the copy security cosi pe SU Dd dianas 9 21 Editing Date Time 53 Leni tug Eee ee i Ee ii 9 23 Editing Page NU DAT i eren ee Lorena exu En xi LO ep ER Ra Bed Ee eese 9 23 Editing Header FOO OE 2 ere re nter eee tn tree ra darles dela da dai 9 24 9 5 9 A E A E TT 9 25 Print Fi 10 1 Print operations ee reden eate da 10 3 10 2 Default settings of the printer driver eeeeeieeee eee eeeeeeeeeeeeee nenne ennt nera nana 10 4 10 2 1 Optiori settlngs uu exercer t eec aee ea aee des dore dag ponas AC PEN RE RR da Ra a 10 4 10 2 2 Registering the default settings ooooccncnnnnccccnnniccccccn
8. Select Local printer attached to this computer and then click Next gt 3 Clear the Automatically detect and install my Plug and Play printer check box The page for Select a Printer Port appears Click Create a new port select Local Port as the Type of port and then click Next gt Enter NNetBIOS name print service name in the Port Name box 3 Enter the same NetBIOS name and print service name specified in Print Settings in SMB Settings Click OK Add Printer Wizard appears Click Have Disk Click Browse Select a desired printer driver folder in the DVD ROM and then click Open 3 Select a folder according to the printer driver operating system and language to be used Selecta ble printer drivers PCL driver PS driver and fax driver 12 Click OK The Printers list appears 4 16 ineo 223 283 363 423 4 2 Windows XP Server 2003 4 4 2 3 Click Next Follow the instructions on the pages that follow gt To use a network connection perform a test print after the network settings have been configured Click Finish 3 Ifthe Windows logo testing or Digital Signature window appears click Continue Anyway or Yes 16 After finishing the installation make sure that the icon for the installed printer is displayed in the Printers and Faxes window Remove the DVD ROM from the DVD ROM drive This completes the printer driver ins
9. Z 01 09 2010 16 36 Close Memory 1007 ineo 223 283 363 423 12 23 12 User settings 12 2 Press the C key to clear the value and then use the keypad to enter the size Scalable font 4 00 Point 999 75 Point Bitmap Font 0 44 Pitch 99 00 Pitch 3 If a value outside of the allowable range is specified the message Input error appears Enter a number within the allowable range Job List T Select the font to be set as the default and use the keypad to specify the default size Utility gt PCL Settings gt Font Size Utility 4 00 999 75 0 44 99 00 Scalable Font Bitmap Font Printer Settings PCL Settings 01 09 2010 16 37 Memory 100 Press OK The font size is set 12 2 20 Line Page Specify the number of lines per page when printing text Default Varies depending on the area 1 In the User Settings screen press Printer Settings 3 For details on displaying the User Settings screen refer to page 12 3 Press PCL Settings Press Line Page E Use the menu buttons or keypad to make a selection Utility gt Printer Settings gt PCL Setting Utility 1 Font Settings A Symbol Set 1 i Z O msie Printer Settings Line Page 2 Job List User Settings CR LF Mapping 01 09 2010 16 36 Memory 1007 12 24 ineo 223 283 363 423 12 2 User settings 12 4 PresstheC key to clear the value and then use the keypad to enter
10. 11 86 ineo 223 283 363 423 1 2 Settings on the Control Panel 12 1 Basic operations of User Settings 12 NL 12 Settings on the Control Panel This chapter describes the printer related functions that can be specified from the control panel 12 1 Basic operations of User Settings 12 1 1 Displaying the User Settings screen 1 Press the Utility Counter key 2 Press User Settings Meter Count 1 Regiserseson pex 2 User Settings Total Black 4 Check Consumable Life Check Details y 01 09 2010 Memory 16 29 100 Utility Counter Cw Job List Use the menu buttons or keypad to make a selection Am 4 Z 4 3 Administrator Settings 7 8 Device Information A 4 ineo 223 283 363 423 12 3 1 2 Basic operations of User Settings 12 1 The User Settings screen appears Job List E Use the menu buttons or keypad to make a selection Utility gt User Settings Utility 1 System Settings 3 a A 2 Custom Display Settings 3 Copier Settings A 4 Scan Fax Settings j 5 Printer Settings 4 01 09 2010 Memory 16 30 100 gt t can also be selected by pressing the key in the keypad of the number indicated on the desired button For User Settings press the 2 key in the keypad 3 To finish configuring the Utility mode settings press the Utility Counter key You can also exit the Utility
11. Once the settings for the printer have been configured you can use the printer in the same way as a general local printer 4 18 ineo 223 283 363 423 4 2 Windows XP Server 2003 4 4 2 4 For local connection When this machine is connected via a USB port the printer driver can be installed with plug and play Reference When a USB connection is used the printer driver is installed easily with the plug and play feature How ever it can also be installed using the Add Printer Wizard To use the Add Printer Wizard select the USB port to be connected in the Choose a printer port page Connect this machine to the computer using a USB cable and then start the computer NOTICE When starting up the computer do not plug n or unplug the cable Insert the printer driver DVD ROM for Windows into the DVD ROM drive of the computer Turn on the main power of this machine The Found New Hardware Wizard window appears gt Ifthe Found New Hardware Wizard window does not appear turn the machine off then on again In this case turn off this machine and then wait approximately 10 seconds before turning it on again If you turn the printer on immediately after turning it off it may not function correctly gt If a page with a message saying Windows connect to Windows Update appears select No not this time Select Install from a list or specific location Advanced and then click Next gt Under Se
12. are functions available only for the PCL driver e To use the EMF spool function with a PS XPS driver select Enable advanced printing features in the Advanced tab to enable the EMF spool e To display Server Properties in Windows Vista Server 2008 right click on the area that has nothing displayed in the Printers window and click Run as administrator Server Properties In Windows 7 Server 2008 R2 select the desired printer and click Print Server Properties on the toolbar In Windows 2000 XP Server 2003 click the File menu then Server Properties e The paper set in Print Server Properties for the printer driver is allowable in the following ranges Custom size range that can be specified using the printer driver Width 3 1 2 to 11 11 16 inches 9 00 to 29 70 cm Length 5 1 2 to 17 inches 13 97 to 43 18 cm Large size range that can be specified Width 11 11 16 to 33 1 16 inches 29 71 to 84 00 cm Length 17 to 46 13 16 inches 43 19 to 118 90 cm The paper sizes registered in the custom size range mentioned above can be selected in both Original Size and Paper Size of the printer driver However the paper size registered in the large size range can be selected only in Original Size of the printer driver e To enable each user to use functions on My Tab at the same layout the settings can be configured us ing Driver Packaging Utility included in the application DVD ROM When creating a driver package using D
13. e If timeout occurred because no operation was performed for the specified period during login or if au thentication setting was changed using the control panel while logging in to the user mode you will au tomatically log out of the mode e For details on how to specify the timeout period of the user or administrator modes refer to page 13 22 amp Public To Login Screen SA resto sean PT D B plo er To Main Menu Logout Configuration Summary User Name Public gt Option gt Consumables Meter Count Are you sure you want to logout of Public User and go to the login screen Online Assistance OK Cancel gt Function Permission Information Network Setting Information Print Setting Information Print Information ineo 223 283 363 423 13 7 13 Login and Logout 13 2 13 2 3 Login Web Connection provides the user or administrator mode depending on how to log in If necessary you can log in to the user mode as an administrator or User Box administrator depending on user authentication or User Box administrator setting Reference e A User Box administrator can be specified only when a Hard Disk is installed e You can log in as a User Box administrator when the User Box administrator is enabled using the con trol panel For details on the User Box administrator settings permissions and password settings refer to the User s Guide Box Operations e When logged in to the
14. is set to Auto If Auto is not enabled be sure to specify the machine and option manually or using Obtain Device Information Function Version supports the version of this machine To check the version of this machine click Util ity Counter in the control panel and click Device Information If Device Information is not displayed the version is assumed to be Version 2 The contents of this manual support the functions of Version 3 When Secure Print Only is set to On in Device Option only the secure print jobs are allowed For details on secure printing refer to page 11 6 In Encryption Passphrase enter the encryption passphrase that matches the one that configured in Driver Password Encryption Setting of the machine The function of Dbtain Device Information is available only when your computer is connected to and can communicate with the machine To use Obtain Device Information in Administrator Settings of this machine set System Connection OpenAPI Settings Authentication to OFF For details refer to page 12 53 If Password to Acquire Device Information is selected in Obtain Settings check that the password matches that specified in Assign Account to Acquire Device Info of this machine Specify the pass word using up to eight alphanumeric characters excluding spaces and C Reference For details on allowing the user to specify Encryption Passphrasej refer to page 11 33
15. Configure the TCP IP settings for the Macintosh computer connected to the printer 1 Inthe Apple Menu select Control Panels TCP IP 4 amp From Connect via select Ethernet Select the Configure item and configure the settings including the IP address and subnet mask ac cording to the settings for the network to which the Macintosh computer is connected 4 Click the close button at the top left corner of the window 3 When the Save changes to the current configuration message appears click Save Adding a printer 1 Select Macintosh HD Applications Mac OS 9 Utilities and then double click Desktop Printer Utility to open it The New Desktop Printer window appears Z In Printing select LaserWriter In Create Desktop select Printer LPR The Untitled window appears 4 m PostScriptTM Printer Description PPD File click Change The window for selecting a PostScript printer description PPD file appears 5 Click the applicable PPD file and then click Select The Untitled window appears again O Click Change for LPR Printer Selection The window for entering the IP address appears ineo 223 283 363 423 5 13 Mac OS 9 2 5 2 In Printer Address enter the IP address of the machine and then click OK The Untitled window appears again Click Create The window for saving the settings appears Enter the Save desktop printer as
16. Printer information Option f My Tab Basic Layout Finish Cover Mode Stamp Compostion Quaity Other ox coa ter Favorite Setting fA Default Setting v ER Original Orientation Output Method Portrait mm al Landscape Ex Print i Orignal Size _ 81 211 X PRA Authentication Account Track Y Paper Size DU Same as Original Size Gee 1 1 9999 Zoom 25 400 Ato Gl oh Y Colate Manual A Paper Tray Offset Auto Paper Type Plan Paper gt Paper Settings for Each Trey Defaut Description Original Orienta tion Portrait Landscape Select the orientation for the original Original Size The paper sizes regis tered as the standard pa per sizes and custom sizes Select the paper size of the original Custom Size Register custom sizes Paper Size The paper sizes regis Specify the output paper size If it is different from the tered as the standard pa original size and the zoom is set to Auto the output per sizes and custom image will be enlarged or reduced to fit the size sizes that can be used with the machine Custom Size Register custom sizes Zoom 25 to 40096 Select an enlarge or reduce ratio Paper Tray Auto Tray 1 to Tray 4 Select a paper tray to be used LCT Bypass Tray Selectable items vary depending on the option installa tion status Paper Type Paper types available for Selec
17. Right Bind Specify the binding position tion Top Bind Poster Mode Off 2x2 3x3 4x4 Select this option to print one sheet of an original divid ed into multiple pages In Overlap width line specify the presence of the border frame Printing documents containing pages of different sizes or orientations in one job may cause images to be par tially lost or overlapped Overlap width ON OFF Specify the presence of overlap width line It can be line specified when Poster Mode is set to an option other than Off Rotate 180 ON OFF Select this check box to rotate the document 180 to print ineo 223 283 363 423 Parameter details 9 5 Function Name Option Description Image Shift ON OFF Select this check box to print by shifting the entire print image In the window that appears when this option is selected detailed amount of shift can be specified Front Side Back Side Specify the shift direction and values For 2 sided print ing clearing the Same value for Front and Back sides check box allows you to specify different values for the front and back sides Chapters ON OFF Select this check box to specify the page to be printed on the front side In the window that appears when this option is selected the page can be specified It can be specified when Print Type is 2 Sided or Booklet Page Number Specify the pages to be printed on the front side when C
18. Transparency Interleave Select the option to insert interleaves between transparencies Interleave Tray Select the paper tray for the transparency interleaves Output Method Specify the Proof Print function that pauses the printing process after one copy of the document is output so that you can check how it is print ed Screen Text Select whether to use screening for the texts in the original Screen Photo Select whether to use screening for the photos in the original Smoothing Photo Select whether to use smoothing for the photos in the original Toner Save Select this check box to adjust the printing density in order to save the amount of toner consumed Edge Enhancement Select this check box to enhance the edges of characters graphics and images so that thin lines and small letters become clearly visible 10 8 ineo 223 283 363 423 10 3 Parameter details 1 0 Reference e The Staple function is available only if the optional Finisher FS 527 or Finisher FS 529 is installed o The Punch function is available only when the Punch Kit is installed on the optional Finisher FS 527 e The Fold function is available only when the Saddle Stitcher is installed on the optional Finisher FS 527 e If multiple pages are printed while Half Fold is specified for the Fold function the finishing unit varies depending on the setting of Half Fol
19. iv Display dialog box in case of warning Starting up Data Management Utility Flash Player is required to use the Data Management Utility Manage Copy Protect Data Manage Stamp Data xaManage Font Macro 1 1 Can only run on Windows Internet Explorer and Flash Player Version 9 and above environments Logging in as a registered user Specify the registered user name and password to log in when User Authentication is enabled in this ma chine gt Inthe login page enter the user name and the password and click Login Language Login View Mode User Assist Web Connection OS Language OS Language v Public User amp Registered User User Name Password Administrator Flash C HTML Flash Player is necessary to see in Flash form per 5 Iv Display dialog box in case of warning Starting up Data Management Utility Flash Player is required to use the Data Management Utility manage Copy Protect Data Manage Stamp Data aManage Font Macro 1 1 Can only run on Windows Internet Explorer and Flash Player Version 9 and above environments ineo 223 283 363 423 13 9 13 Login and Logout 13 2 Reference If Account Track is enabled also enter the account name and password To select a user name from a list click User List If External Server Authentication is enabled select a server To log in to the user mode as an administrator select Administra
20. m mmm Description Format Displays the format of the date and time to be printed Click Edit to specify the display type and presence or absence of the time display Pages Specify the pages to print the date and time Print Position Specify the print position Starting Page Specify the page to start printing the page number Starting Page Number Specify the start number for printing the page number 8 24 ineo 223 283 363 423 8 4 Parameter details Function Name Description Cover Mode Specify whether the page number is printed on the front cover page and the back cover page when attaching the cover pages Print Position 8 4 7 Quality tab The functions displayed vary depending on which of the PCL PS XPS drivers is used Specify the print position PCL driver 2 My Tab Basic Layout Finish Cover Mode Stamp Compostion Quality Other Favorite Setting fA Defaut Setting Add Pattem Coarse m E Print with Black Text Figure E Toner Save En E Edge Enhancement E a SE Fon Sates Printer View __ Printer information A teo PS driver Advanced f My Tab Basic Layout Finish Cover Mo
21. 1 9999 Zoom 25 400 oi 0 p Glo Y Collate Manual en n a Uh anis DES va Auto E g EZ Paper Type El x E Plain Paper m Paper Settings for Each Tray Painter View _ Printer Information A OK Cancel Help ineo 223 283 363 423 11 23 11 ID 8 Print 11 6 3 Select Recipient User enter the User Name and Password that are registered with the machine and click OK RP Account Track Public User Department Name 9 Recipient User eer an Password Password 3 For details on the user authentication refer to page 11 17 gt f User Authentication Account Track User Authentication Settings Administrative Setting ID amp Print Settings Public User is set to Save in the Administrator Settings of the machine and the public user job is permitted public user jobs are also saved in the ID amp Print User Box For de tails refer to page 12 45 4 Select ID amp Print in Output Method f My Tab Basic Layout Finish Cover Mode Stamp Compostion Gualty Other 8 1 2x11 215 9279 4 mm Facto Sting fi Defaut Setting Add Original Orientation Output Method 9 Portrait m Original Size ER Pint 81 201 E oe Secure Print Paper Size Es m Same as Onginal Size Eig Savenn User Box Zoom 25 400 Blei seen User BoP E e a 100 gx Ex Proof Print e Paper Tray 4
22. Copy Security Copy Security Copy Protect E Print item Detail Settings Text Size Standard E Angle 0 degrees 84 Pattern Emboss Text 2 A Pattern Overwrite Front Overwrite El Background Pattern Pattern 1 E Adjust Density Save Settings Default Cancel K o 3 Description Text Size Specify the text size of a pattern Angle Specify the pattern angle Pattern Specify the embedding method of a pattern Pattern Overwrite Specify the sequence for printing a pattern on top of the original Background Pattern Specify the background pattern Adjust Density Reference Specify the density of a pattern e Items that can be specified vary depending on the selected Copy Security function 9 22 ineo 223 283 363 423 9 5 Parameter details 9 Editing Date Time Date Time Format 07 1 23 W i23sPM i Pages All Pages E Print Position Top Left HJ E C Save Settings Default Cancel Cor Function Name Description Format Displays the format of the date and time to be printed Pages Specify the pages to print the date and time Print Position Specify the print position Editing Page Number Page Number Starting Page Starting Page Number 1 2 1 99999 M Cover Mode Print on Front and Back Cover 24 Print Position a E Bottom C Sa
23. Create User Box Enables to create a new User Box Open System Open the System User Box Bulletin Board Confidential RX Relay or Annotation User Box User Box to enable you to handle a document saved in the User Box or change the User Box setting e The Bulletin Board and Relay User Boxes are available when the optional Fax Kit is installed e The Confidential RX User Box is available when the optional Fax Kit is installed while no Hard Disk is installed e The Annotation User Box is available only when a Hard Disk is installed ineo 223 283 363 423 13 25 13 Administrator mode overview 13 5 Enables you to create a new Bulletin Board Confidential RX Relay or Annotation e The Bulletin Board and Relay User Boxes are available when the optional Fax Kit e The Confidential RX User Box is available when the optional Fax Kit is installed while no Hard Disk is installed e The Annotation User Box is available only when a Hard Disk is installed Item Description Create System User Box User Box is installed Reference e Open User Box and Create User Box are displayed only when a Hard Disk is installed 13 5 7 Printer Setting Le Administrator Logout 2 3 Ready to Scan 2 Display To Main Menu gt PCL Setting PDL Setting Auto PS Setting Paper Tray Auto vi TIFF Setting Output Tray Tray 2 v a 2 Sided Print OFF v AP Bind Direction Left Bind Y
24. Interface Setting a Staple OFF a i ettings Punch OFF 3 men AUN to Acquire recae m7 Ted Default Paper Size 8 1 2 x 11 v Original Direction Partrait E Spool Print Jobs in HDD before RIP LON MI Banner Sheet Setting OFF v Banner Sheet Paper Tray Auto Y No Matching Paper in Tray Setting Stop Printing Tray Fixed vl AAIA3 LTR LGR Auto Switch OFF Binding Direction Adjustment Finishing Priority w Line Width Adjustment Thin y Gray Background Text Correction ON v OK Cancel Item Description Basic Setting Specify the default values of the printer PCL Setting Specify the default values in the PCL mode PS Setting Specify the default values in the PS mode TIFF Setting Specify the paper to print TIFF images XPS Settings Configure the XPS print settings Interface Setting Specify the timeout period of the interface Direct Print Set Configure the settings to enable direct printing using Web Connection tings Assign Account Select whether to specify a password to acquire device information through the to Acquire Device printer driver If ON is selected specify the password Info 13 26 ineo 223 283 363 423 13 5 Administrator mode overview 13 13 5 8 Address Registration Item Qe Administrator Logout 12 dX Ready to Scan 2 To Main Menu Store Address v Display Y Address Book Address Book List gt Store Address The other party who wants to transmit data can be registered
25. JobList Select item and enter setting 01 09 2010 16 31 Memory 100 4 Utility gt Printer Settings gt Basic Settings Job Setting PDL Setting Auto Number of Copies A 1 OFF 01 09 2010 16 31 Memory 1007 12 8 ineo 223 283 363 423 12 2 User settings 12 12 2 5 A4 A3 lt gt LTR LGR Auto Switch When the paper of the size specified with the printer driver is not loaded on the tray size conversion between A4 and Letter or A3 and Ledger is executed to use paper of the next most similar size Default OFF Reference o The image may be affected since printing is forced 1 In the User Settings screen press Printer Settings 3 For details on displaying the User Settings screen refer to page 12 3 2 Press Basic Settings 3 Select A4 A3 lt gt LTR LGR Auto Switch E Select item and enter setting PDL Setting Auto Job List 01 09 2010 16 31 Memory 100 4 oes EE Job Setting SR Ado bearers REP ON OFF 01 09 2010 16 31 Memory 100 ineo 223 283 363 423 12 9 12 User settings 12 2 12 2 6 Banner Sheet Setting Specify whether to print the banner page cover page showing the sender or title of the print job Default OFF e ON Select this option to print the banner page e OFF Select this option to not print the banner page 1 In the User Settings screen press Printer S
26. On Focus ON ok Cancel Reference A User Box administrator can be specified only when a Hard Disk is installed To log in to the user mode as an administrator select Administrator Administrator User Mode and enter the administrator password If Prohibited Functions When Authentication Error in the Administrator Settings is set to Mode 2 and an incorrect password is entered the specified number of times it is no longer possible to log in to the administrator mode For details on the Prohibited Functions When Authentication Error parameter refer to the User s Guide Copy Operations The password entry page varies depending on the machine settings You can display the explanation of functions Help when necessary To display Help select ON in Dis play Setting On Mouse Point the cursor to display Help On Focus Select an item to display Help ineo 223 283 363 423 13 13 1 3 Structure of pages 13 3 19 8 Structure of pages Logging in to Web Connection displays the page that is configured as shown below The following shows an example of the page displayed when Device Information is selected in the Information tab Reference The contents of the Web Connection pages vary depending on the options installed in this machine or the settings of this machine 1 2 3 4 5 a usemi Logout Chan
27. The printer follows the settings configured in the printer driver without adjusting the binding position In the User Settings screen press Printer Settings For details on displaying the User Settings screen refer to page 12 3 Press Basic Settings Switch the page by pressing 1 or and then press Binding Direction Adjustment Job List E Select item and enter setting Utility gt Printer Settings gt Basic Settings Banner Sheet Setting OFF Binding Direction Adjustment Finishing Priority Line Width Adjustment Thin exe Correction ON 01 09 2010 16 31 Memory 100 Press the desired button Job List 7 Select job setting Ost gt Printer Settings gt Basic Settings Job Setting Banner Sheet Setting OFF Finishing Priority Line Width Adjustment Thin pe ri nY Fent Garreceion ON control Adjustments 01 09 2010 16 32 Memory 100 ineo 223 283 363 423 12 11 12 User settings 12 2 12 2 8 Line Width Adjustment Line width can be adjusted so that thin lines and small letters become easy to see Default Thin Thin Select this option to draw letters and lines sharply Details of letters and figures are printed elab orately Normal Select this option to draw letters and lines with a normal thickness Thick Select this option to draw letters and lines thickly Letters and figures are printed clearly In the User Settings screen pres
28. Tray 1 to Tray 4 LCT Select the paper tray for the transparency interleaves Selectable items vary depending on the option installa tion status 8 4 6 Stamp Composition tab i Printing Preferences Ew f My Tab Basic Layout Finish Cover Mode Stamp Compostion Quality Other Favorite Setting Default Setting v Ed i Watermark Copy Security Ria pm f amp NO REPRODUCTIO RI CS Date Time Page Number Overlay None EH Header Footer fae icons itecto Perret ioeina o Dead ox conca Hep Function Name Option Description Watermark ON OFF Select this check box to print the document with a wa termark character stamp overlapped Clicking Edit allows you to create change or delete watermarks Edit For details refer to page 8 20 8 18 ineo 223 283 363 423 8 4 Parameter details Function Name Option Description Overlay None The overlay function is not used Create Host Image Printing the original with this setting creates the overlay data Created data is saved in the computer Print Host Image Select this option to print the original on top of the over lay data created with Create Host Image Selecting this setting displays the overlay data stored in the computer in the list below allowing you to select it Clicking Edit allows you to specify the overlay print ing conditions Print Device Imag
29. and then click Save An icon for the LPR printer is created on the desktop 5 14 ineo 223 283 363 423 6 Installation when Using NetWare 6 1 NetWare 6 6 1 6 1 1 6 1 2 Installation when Using NetWare This chapter describes the settings necessary when using NetWare and the procedure for installing printer drivers for the Windows client NetWare Network Settings In the NetWare Settings screen for the machine specify IPX Setting and NetWare Print Mode EQ Reference For details on the NetWare settings for the machine refer to the User s Guide Network Administrator Configuring the Windows client For the Windows client that uses a printer install the printer driver using the Add Printer Wizard v Administrator authority is required for installation 1 Insert the printer driver DVD for Windows into the DVD ROM drive of the computer 2 Open the Printers Devices and Printers or Printers and Faxes window 3 Perform Add a printer or Add Printer Add Printer Wizard appears 4 Inthe port settings browse the network and specify the name of the created queue or NDPS printer name ie From the printer model list specify the desired folder in the DVD ROM that contains the printer driver 3 Select a folder according to the printer driver operating system and language to be used Selectable printer drivers Windows 2000 XP Server 2003 PCL driver PS driver W
30. 11 7 2 Printing a document Reference To print from a cellular phone or PDA set Administrator Settings System Connection Cellular Phone PDA Setting to Allow in advance For details refer to page 12 54 To use a Bluetooth commu nication Bluetooth Setting must be enabled in this machine For details refer to the User s Guide Net work Administrator When User Authentication is specified on this machine even a registered user cannot print a docu ment unless printing from a cellular phone or PDA is allowed in the machine setting For user authenti cation contact the administrator of the machine For details on the User Box functions of the machine refer to the User s Guide Box Operations For the operation of a cellular phone or PDA refer to the operation manual of the cellular phone or PDA Set the cellular phone or PDA to enable Bluetooth communication Press the User Box key on the control panel 3 Press User Box when the application menu is displayed 11 30 ineo 223 283 363 423 11 7 Printing from a cellular phone or PDA 11 3 Select Mobile PDA in System User Box and press Use File ummy TIT Toner Level Ki 4 Press Print List 3 To save data in a User Box press Save in User Box and select the desired User Box Select an operation Job List Mobile PDA H Print List LES n Save in User Box A 01 Ton
31. 3 Depending on the status of this machine you may not be able to log in to the administrator mode 3 f Prohibited Functions When Authentication Error in the Administrator Settings is set to Mode 2 and an incorrect password is entered the specified number of times it is no longer possible to log in to the administrator mode For details on the Prohibited Functions When Authentication Error pa rameter refer to the User s Guide Copy Operations 3 The password entry page varies depending on the machine settings 18 10 ineo 223 283 363 423 13 2 Login and Logout 1 3 3 You can display the explanation of functions Help when necessary To display Help select ON in Display Setting On Mouse Point the cursor to display Help On Focus Select an item to display Help Web Connection Select Login Administrator Admin Mode C Administrator User Mode Password C7 Help Display Setting Help Display is a network only function On Mouse ON v On Focus ON wj ok Cancel Display mode in administrator mode In System Settings Display Setting the display mode in the administrator mode can be selected from Tab Function Display or List Function Display This manual shows an example where List Function Display is set as the display mode In either display mode the available items are the same In the default setting the screen is displayed in Tab Function Display In Tab Function Display
32. 3 To use the SMB connection select the printer with its NetBIOS name print service name To check the NetBIOS name or print service name select Network Settings SMB Setting Print Settings in Administrator Settings of this machine In the default setting the last six characters of the NetBIOS name correspond to the low order three bytes of the MAC address To check the MAC address select Configuration Page For details on how to output Configuration Page refer to page 12 28 3 For the SMB connection click Next and then click OK in the Connect to Printer page that ap pears gt t may take some time to finish searching the entire list of printers Click Have Disk Click Browse Select a desired printer driver folder in the DVD ROM and then click Open 3 Select a folder according to the printer driver operating system and language to be used Selecta ble printer drivers PCL driver PS driver XPS driver and fax driver Click OK The Printers list appears Click Next 3 To use the SMB connection click OK Follow the instructions on the pages that follow 3 Ifthe User Account Control window appears click Continue or Yes 3 If the Windows Security window for verifying the publisher appears click Install this driver soft ware anyway Click Finish After finishing the installation make sure that the icon for the installed printer is displayed in the Print er
33. 9 CXJ C93 4 A Data A HT 54 No Name Description 1 Touch Panel Various screens and messages are displayed Configure various settings by directly pressing the touch panel 2 Utility Counter Press this key to display the Utility screen and the Meter Count screen 3 Reset Press this key to reset all settings except programmed set tings entered using the control panel or touch panel 4 Proof Copy Press this key to perform proof printing when a proof print job is stored 5 Start Press this key to start the operation of the selected function When this machine is ready to begin the operation the indi cator on the Start key lights up in blue If the indicator on the Start key lights up in orange the operation cannot begin 6 Data Indicator Flashes in blue while a print job or fax is being received Lights up in blue when a print job or fax is queued to be print ed or while it is being printed 7 C clear Press this key to erase a value entered using the keypad or characters entered from the keyboard on the screen 8 Keypad Press to enter numbers Use the keypad to enter the admin istrator password or other setting values ineo 223 283 363 423 Printer controller 2 1 No Name Description 9 Access If user authentication and account track is enabled press this key after entering the user name and password for user au thentication or the account name and password for account track in order to use this m
34. E Wa Auto pea Paper Type 2 F E Plain Paper x Paper Settings for Each Tray reten ien He 3 If User Authentication Account Track User Authentication Settings Administrative Setting ID amp Print Settings ID amp Print is set to ON in the Administrator Settings of the machine general print jobs are also saved in the ID amp Print User Box For details refer to page 12 45 5 Print the document 11 24 ineo 223 283 363 423 11 6 ID amp Print 1 1 For Mac OS X 1 Display the Output Method window 2 Select the User Authentication check box Output Method ie 9 Paper View O Detailed Information Collate 81 2x11 v O Offset 81 2x11 Output Method Print E x1 C User Authentication D E _ Account Track a g Ne El Egia Detail Settings Fine 3 Select Recipient User enter the User Name and Password that are registered with the machine and click OK O Public User 9 Recipient User User Name User01 Password C User Authentication Server Setting O Save Settings Do not show this window when setting Con PD 3 For details on the user authentication refer to page 11 17 gt f User Authentication Account Track User Authentication Settings Administrative Setting ID amp Print Settings Public User is set to Save in the Administrator Settings of the machine a
35. Function Name 873 Printer Printer Name Destination Layout Layout direction y 2 2 1 EIER Save Settings Description Pages per sheet Multiple pages can be combined on a single page Layout direction Specify the page combination order Border Specify the borders between pages ineo 223 283 363 423 10 7 10 Parameter details 10 3 10 3 5 Printer specific options Finishing Option 1 to 5 Specify the printer specific options These options can be specified when functions of the machine such as stapling and punching are to be used 873 Destination Printer Printer Name Finishing Options 1 Offset Output Tray Binding Position Print Type Combination Punch Save Settings Function Name Description Offset Specify offset Output Tray Select the output tray Binding Position Specify the binding position Print Type Perform 2 sided printing Combination Perform booklet printing Staple Perform stapling Punch Perform hole punching Fold Perform folding Front Cover Select this option to attach a front cover page Front Cover Tray Select the paper tray for the front cover sheet Back Cover Select this option to attach a back cover page Back Cover Tray Select the paper tray for the back cover sheet
36. Print ers window P iy d Remove the DVD ROM from the DVD ROM drive This completes the printer driver installation Once the settings for the printer have been configured you can use the printer in the same way as a general local printer 4 24 ineo 223 283 363 423 4 3 Windows 2000 4 4 3 4 For local connection When this machine is connected via a USB port the printer driver can be installed with plug and play Reference e Le When a USB connection is used the printer driver is installed easily with the plug and play feature How ever it can also be installed using the Add Printer Wizard To use the Add Printer Wizard select the USB port to be connected in the Choose a printer port page Connect this machine to the computer using a USB cable and then start the computer NOTICE When starting up the computer do not plug n or unplug the cable Insert the printer driver DVD ROM for Windows into the DVD ROM drive of the computer Turn on the main power of this machine The Found New Hardware Wizard window appears 3 Ifthe Found New Hardware Wizard window does not appear turn the machine off then on again In this case turn off this machine and then wait approximately 10 seconds before turning it on again If you turn the printer on immediately after turning it off it may not function correctly Click Next Select Search for a suitable driver for my device recommended a
37. Print User Box enter user name and password and then touch Begin Printingl To check document s prior to printing touch Login Ra e Status User Name Password Job Details B 01 09 2010 16 10 Toner Level Ki MA Ln 2 Press Login Log in to the machine 3 Press the User Box key on the control panel 3 Press User Box when the application menu is displayed 4 Select ID amp Print User Box in System User Box and then press Use File 0 des Box Save Documen ineo 223 283 363 423 11 27 11 ID amp Print 11 6 5 Select the document you want to print and then press Print 3 The contents and a preview of the document can be checked in Document Details i Select document s and then ones choose the desired function Preview Documents document 2 De tail 01 09 2010 16 11 Toner Level ll Menory 99 3 To stop operations press Cancel 6 Whenascreen confirming the deletion of the job appears select the processing method 3 Selecting Print amp Delete prints and deletes the document in the ID amp Print User Box To save the selected document after printing select Print To delete after printing select Start or Print amp Delete Document Print Settings Hane Status 3 Print amp Delete C De
38. This setting can be configured separately between for printer and for fax Default Print Page Print Fax Batch Print 1 In the Administrator Settings screen press System Settings 3 For details on displaying the Administrator Settings screen refer to page 12 36 2 Inthe System Settings screen press Output Settings 3 inthe Output Settings screen press Print Fax Output Setting E Use the menu buttons or keypad to make a selection ministrator Settings gt System Settings gt Output Settings 1 Print Fax Output Settings 2 Output Tray Settings 4 Utility Administrator Settings System Settings 4 Shift Output Each Job 01 09 2010 16 43 Close Memory 100 The Print Fax Output Setting screen appears 4 Press Print or Fax 5 Press the desired button Touch the button for the desired setting Administrator Settings gt Output Settings gt Print Fax Output Settings 3 Job Setting Batch Print Fax Batch Print Settings Utility System Settings Output Settings 01 09 2010 16 43 Memory 100 The timing for printing data is set gt f Batch Print is selected printing starts after all the data is received If Page Print is selected print ing starts when the data for the first page is received Reference e If the Administrator Security Levels is set to Level 2 this setting item can be specified in the User Settings as well Press User Setting
39. User s Guide Copy Operations Use the keyboard or keypad to type in the Administrator Password Press C to clear the entered Administrator M Password Utility gt Administrator Settings OKO 01 09 2010 16 42 Memory 100 12 36 ineo 223 283 363 423 12 3 Basic operations in Administrator Settings 12 The Administrator Settings screen appears v2 ki METE 2 ON NEU 7 3 AAA e G emme gt MT 1 System Settings A Network Settings A 01 09 2010 16 42 Memory 100 Security Settings gt It can also be selected by pressing the key in the keypad of the number indicated on the desired button For Administrator Settings press the 3 key on the keypad 3 To finish configuring the Utility mode settings press the Utility Counter key You can also exit the Utility screen by pressing Close until either the Copy Fax Scan or User Box screen appears gt To return through the hierarchy of the Utility menu press Close until the desired screen appears Alternatively press an item in the upper hierarchy in the sub menu area to return to the item ineo 223 283 363 423 12 37 1 2 Administrator Settings 12 4 12 4 Administrator Settings 12 4 4 Print Fax Output Setting Specify the timing for printing to print data when it is received after the reception is completed or simulta neously as it is being received
40. be deleted due to the settings on the machine Check the User Box settings for the machine For details refer to the User s Guide Box Opera tions Printing in the user authentica tion or account track mode is not available The user name account name or password is incorrect Enter the correct user name ac count name and password User authentication or account track may be disabled on the printer driver Enable user authentication or ac count track on the printer driver Different encryption passphras es may be specified for the printer driver and the machine Specify the same encryption passphrase for the machine and the printer driver The entered user name or ac count name may not be author ized Check with the administrator whether the user name or ac count name concerned is author ized for printing Printing is not available when you have selected Public User in user authentication Printing by public users may be prohibited on the machine Check with the administrator whether printing by public users is permitted When the above troubleshooting does not eliminate the problem refer to the User s Guide Copy Operations 14 4 ineo 223 283 363 423 14 2 Cannot configure the settings Cannot print according to the settings 14 14 2 14 2 1 Cannot configure the settings Cannot print according to the set tings Check the following items w
41. gt Network TWAIN Administrator Registration gt User Box Setting Administrator Name admin i z E mail Address admin test local Stamp Settings Extension No Blank Page Print Settings Input Machine Address Skip Job Operation Settings Device Name MFP Flash Display Setting E mail Address mfp test local System Connection Setting Display Setting LL Ge OK Cancel gt Outline PDF Setting Item Description Machine Setting Changes the registration information of this machine Register Sup Specify support information such as contact name corporate URL or online man port Information ual URL of this machine To display this information select Information Online Assistance Network TWAIN Specify the time to release the operation lock when scanning excluding push scan ning If necessary configure settings to enable saving or reading a document in or from the external memory User Box Setting Define the User Box functions such as deleting an unnecessary User Box or speci fying the document deletion time If necessary configure settings to enable saving or reading a document in or from the external memory Stamp Settings Register a header or footer In addition in Fax TX Settings specify whether to can cel the stamp setting for fax transmission ineo 223 283 363 423 18 21 13 Administrator mode overview 13 5 Item Description Blank Page Print Specify whethe
42. ineo 223 283 363 423 11 5 11 Secure Print 11 2 11 2 Secure Print The Secure Print function saves print jobs in the Secure Print User Box of the machine Because the job is output only by entering the ID and password from the control panel it is helpful for outputting highly confi dential documents The Secure Print function can be specified using the printer driver when printing and printing can be per formed from the control panel In order to prevent information leakage you can restrict the printings done on this machine only to the secure printing EQ Reference For details on the function to limit to the secure printing only on the machine refer to page 12 56 For details on the printer driver settings for Windows refer to page 8 5 and for Mac OS X refer to page 9 5 Reference e This function is available only when a Hard Disk is installed e When the secure printing is frequently used it will be helpful to configure Custom Display Settings User Box Settings of the machine so that Secure Document User Box always appears on the screen For details refer to the User s Guide Box Operations 11 2 4 Setting the printer driver The following four printer drivers support this feature e GENERIC PCL Printer Driver for Windows PCL driver e GENERIC PostScript Printer Driver for Windows PS driver e GENERIC XPS Printer Driver for Windows XPS driver e GENERIC PostScript PPD Printer Driver for Mac OS
43. press Default Operation Selection ineo 223 283 363 423 12 47 12 Administrator Settings 12 4 5 Press the desired button Touch the button for the desired setting Adninistrator Settings gt User Auth Settings gt Administrative Settings Job Setting User Name List OFF Default Function Permission ape cele ID amp Print Settings Print amp Access bpeFabion Settings Print All Jobs BaEhent ication Access account Track Begin Printing User Auth Settings 01 09 2010 16 48 Memory 100 12 4 11 Print without Authentication Specify whether to allow the print jobs without authentication specified when the machine is performing user authentication or account track Default Restrict e Allow Select this option to allow the print jobs to be printed when an ID and password for user au thentication or an account name and password for account track are not specified Printing is counted as a public job e Restrict Select this option not to allow the print jobs to be printed when an ID and password for user authentication or an account name and password for account track are not specified Reference e If the print jobs without authentication specified are permitted to be printed printing can be performed on this machine performing user authentication or account track even if user authentication or account track is not specified in the printer driver Select Restri
44. ting LLTD Setting Select whether to enable or disable LLTD SSDP Settings Configure the SSDP settings Bluetooth Set Select whether to enable or disable Bluetooth ting e To enable a Bluetooth communication contact your service representative in ad vance Reference e The following functions are available only when a Hard Disk is installed S MIME in E mail Setting Network Fax Setting 13 5 6 User Box Logging in to the administrator mode enables you to handle a User Box without entering the password when opening it Se Administrator Logout 2 lt Ready to Scan 2 Box v Display To Main Menu Open User Box Public Group Personal gt Create User Box Box is the function to save documents in the machine Documents in the Box can be used for printing sending etc Open System User Box User Box Number 1 999999999 Create System User Box an User Box List Search from Index AL vw Page Display by 50 cases 1v Go eig user Box Name Type Time Stored 1 box01 Public 11 04 2009 17 43 2 box02 Public 11 04 2009 17 43 ia 3 box03 Public 11 04 2009 17 44 Item Description Open User Box Opens the currently created User Box Public Group or Personal User Box to en able you to change the User Box setting e Document operations are not available in the administrator mode e User Box operations are available even if a password is specified for the target User Box
45. use the bypass tray select Change Tray Settings Custom Size and enter the desired paper size For Mac OS X 10 5 10 6 you can specify Paper Size and Orientation also from the Print window C Reference For details on the paper sizes loadable in the paper trays refer to the User s Guide Copy Operations ineo 223 283 363 423 9 5 Parameter details 9 9 5 2 Copies amp Pages From the File menu select Print Printer Printer Name 14 fa Presets Standard EE Copies C Collated Pages 9 All O From 1 to 1 Paper Size 8 1 2x11 EX 8 50 by 11 00 inches Orientation la TextEdit W f Print header and footer Cancel Print Function Name Option Description Copies 1 to 9999 Specify the number of copies to be printed Collated ON OFF Do not specify this function Specify this function at Collate in Output Method Pages Specify the page range to print Reference e For OS X 10 5 Paper Size and Orientation are also displayed but the function is the same as that available from Page Attributes When the setting items are not displayed in OS X 10 5 click on the right side of Printer 9 5 3 Output Method Output Method W Paper View O Detailed Information A collate 81 2x11 Y O Offset 81 2x11 Output Method Print E TL O User Authentication Eh O Account Track Sia Deta
46. 12 23 IB dure O NN 12 24 CRER MAPPING 5 s ia eee tend seer hl Se tec a eaten annee ta o e ed adie 12 25 Pint PS EMOS e 12 26 Verify XPS Digital Sigriat re 1 ret reti teret ainia 12 27 Print Repo i e A a adi s 12 28 TIFF Mage Paper SEI visi Ai 12 29 Link File Error Notifle6ation rnit cereo i E a 12 31 Use Proxy S rver tee eri e atender dnd arias 12 32 lain M ES 12 33 la ugdeBUs M 12 35 Basic operations in Administrator Settings eese eerie eene 12 36 Displaying the Administrator Settings screen ooonccconcccnonccononononanonnnnornnnnnrnnnnnn nana nennen 12 36 Administrator Settings e tin 12 38 Print Fax Output Setting 22 ac oem AR ta eua aD Re 12 38 OUTPUT Tr y Settings uci etate re rip dea ere ee MR Ran ERR ee Ra aAa Adaa ERa E daa ase ERR aiea a 12 39 Delete Secure Print DOCUMENTS coooocccccnnnnocccccnnnonccnnccnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnn cnn nnnnn nn nn nn nnnnn cnn nana nentes unseren neren ene 12 40 Auto Delete Secure Document coooooocccccnncnooccccnnnonnncnnnncnnnncnnonnnnnnnnnnn nan nn nn reni n ne nn rra nnn nn nn nnnnnnn nan nsn nnne 12 41 ID Print Delete Time iis ui iR De M EA E Mete Rite ta Ran 12 42 ID amp Print Delete after Print Setting cccccceseeeeeseeeeeseneeeeeeeesneeeeeseeeeseeeeneseneeaseeeseeeeeeseeeneeneeenees 12 43
47. 12 ineo 223 283 363 423 15 4 If the bit number differs between the server operating system and client operating system 1 5 15 4 15 4 1 If the bit number differs between the server operating system and client operating system If the bit number differs between the print server s running operating system and client computer s running operating system while Windows Server 2008 is running on the print server the additional driver may not be installed correctly on the print server To solve this problem specify the setup information file ntprint inf of the operating system with a different bit number when installing the additional driver on the print server The following describes how to install the additional driver by specifying a setup information file in a different computer from that the print server Reference e Before starting this procedure prepare to configure a different client computer from that of the print server and install the operating system that has a bit number different from that of the print server e On the print server side the system drive of the client computer is assigned as the network drive Con figure the setting to share the drive to be assigned in advance Installing an additional driver This example shows the operation when installing Windows Server 2008 32 bit version on the print server and Windows Vista 64 bit version in the client computer Configure the setting to share the drive o
48. 15 2 Printing reports 15 15 23 PS font list DEVELOP 423 PS Font List Resident Fonts Font Albertus MT Albertus MT Italic Albertus MT Light Antique Olive Roman Antique Olive Italic Antique Olive Bold Antique Olive Compact Apple Chancery Arial Arial Italic Arial Bold Arial Bold Italic ITC Avant Garde Gothic Book ITC Avant Garde Gothic Book Oblique ITC Avant Garde Gothic Demi ITC Avant Garde Gothic Demi Oblique Bodoni Roman Bodoni Italic Bodoni Bold Bodoni Bold Italic Bodoni Poster Bodoni Poster Compressed ITC Bookman Light ITC Bookman Light Italic ITC Bookman Demi ITC Bookman Demi Italic Mi BAC A Chicago Clarendon Roman Clarendon Bold AlbertusMT AlbertusMT Italic AlbertusMT Light AntiqueOlive Roman AntiqueOlive Italic AntiqueOlive Bold AntiqueOlive Compact Apple Chancery ArialMT Arial ItalicMT Arial BoldMT Arial BoldltalicM T AvantGarde Book AvantGarde BookOblique AvantGarde Demi AvantGarde DemiOblique Bodoni Bodoni Italic Bodoni Bold Bodoni Boldltalic Bodoni Poster Bodoni PosterCompressed Bookman Light Bookman Lightltalic Bookman Demi Bookman Demiltalic Carta Chicago Clarendon Clarendon Bold ineo 223 283 363 423 15 9 15 2 Test Page o t o o o x o ou The quick brown fox jumps over the lazy dog The quick brown fox jumps over the lazy dog The quick brown fox jumps over the lazy dog The quick brown fox jumps over the laz
49. 2 Inthe System Settings screen press User Box Settings 3 Inthe User Box Settings screen press ID amp Print Delete Time d Use the menu buttons or keypad to make a selection Administrator Settings gt System Settings gt User Box Settings rr HOTTCITESUNS 2 7 FGREERSA MER y a NE anotar tr or 321808 Aer print setting y 01 09 2010 16 45 Memory 100 4 Press the desired button 3 To specify the time manually press Time and then enter the time from the keypad Specify the ID amp Print Delete Time IS Settings 01 09 2010 16 46 Memory 100 5 Press OK 12 42 ineo 223 283 363 423 12 4 Administrator Settings 1 2 12 4 6 ID amp Print Delete after Print Setting Specify whether to delete the ID amp Print document after it is printed Default Confirm with User e Confirm with User Select this option to display the screen where the user can select whether the doc ument printed from the ID amp Print User Box is deleted after it is printed Select this option if you want to leave the document e Always Delete Select this option to delete the document after printing Deletion is not confirmed with user Reference e This function can be specified only when a Hard Disk is installed 1 In the Administrator Settings screen press System Settings 3 For details on displaying the Administrator Settings screen refer to page 12 36 2 Inthe System Settings screen press User Box Settings 3 Inthe Use
50. 216 colors BMP images are not suitable for compressed storage Bonjour A Macintosh network technology automatically detecting a device connect ed to the network for automatic configuration Previously called Rendez vous and has been changed to Bonjour since Mac OS X v10 4 BOOTP The abbreviation for Bootstrap Protocol The protocol is used for a client computer on the TCP IP network to load network configuration automatically from a server Instead of BOOTP DHCP an advanced protocol based on BOOTP is typically used today Brightness Brightness of a display or other screen Byte A byte indicates a unit of information data quantity handled by a computer or printer A byte consists of eight bits Client A computer using services provided by servers via the network Default Gateway A device such as a computer or router used as a gateway to access com puters on different LANs DHCP The acronym for Dynamic Host Configuration Protocol The protocol is used for a client computer on the TCP IP network to load network configuration automatically from a server Just using a DHCP server to centrally manage IP addresses of the DHCP clients enables you to construct a network without IP address conflicts or other troubles DNS The acronym for Domain Name System DNS allows for obtaining the IP ad dress corresponding to a host name in network environments This system enables a user to
51. 5 Printer drivers 3 4 Printer setting 73 26 Printer specific options 70 8 Printing 2 7 9 3 10 3 Printing PS errors 72 26 Printing reports 72 28 75 7 Printing without authentication 72 48 Printing XPS errors 72 50 Product specifications 75 3 Proof print 77 3 Properties 8 5 PS driver 3 4 8 3 PS font list 75 9 Public user 73 9 Punching 8 76 9 76 10 8 12 19 Quality 9 25 Quality tab 8 25 D n Recalling jobs 77 4 77 8 11 15 11 26 Registered user 73 9 Rendezvous 5 8 Rotating 180 degrees 8 75 9 75 e Saving in user boxes 77 73 Scale 9 70 10 6 Secure documents auto deletion time setting 72 47 Secure print only 72 56 Secure printing 77 6 Security 73 22 Selecting a printer 5 4 5 72 16 4 ineo 223 283 363 423 16 1 Index by item 1 6 Separating chapters 8 75 9 76 Setting for each purpose 73 28 Settings 72 3 Setup 2 9 Skip job operation settings 72 44 Skipping blank pages 8 75 SMB 3 6 4 3 4 16 4 22 Spool settings 72 8 Stamp composition 9 20 Stamp composition tab 8 78 Stapling 8 76 9 76 10 8 12 18 Structure of pages 73 74 Symbol set 72 22 System settings 73 27 TIFF image paper setting 72 29 Time 8 79 9 21 Timeout 72 49 Toner save 8 26 9 25 Troubleshooting 74 3 Uninstalling 7 3 USB 2 8 User authentication 77 77 73 6 User authentication account track 73 23 User Box 73 77 13 25 User Box administrator 73 73 User mode 73 76 User settings 72 3 Verifying XPS d
52. A 01 09 2010 15 57 Bf GN Cancel Memory 99 4 Enter the password for the secure print document and then press OK If the specified ID and password match the list of secure print documents appears Type in the password for the Secure Print document Press C to erase the entered password Secure Print Document Password KEK Shift 01 09 2010 15 59 B ER Cancel Memory 99 ineo 223 283 363 423 11 9 Secure Print 11 2 5 6 7 Select the document to be printed on the Print tab and then press Print The contents and a preview of the document can be checked in Document Details D rint Settings document 1 1 vod Toner Level kil Change the print conditions as necessary Job List ae document print settings choose from the following If you are ready to print touch Start or press Start Print Print Details Application Preview Auto Paper SEYSct 100 0 Page Margin 4 Sheet Cover Chapter Insert 4 Stamp Composition 4 Finishing Combine Zoon 01 09 2010 16 01 oner Level Ki Memory q Press Start or the Start key in the control panel The document is printed 3 To stop operations press Cancel 11 10 ineo 223 283 363 423 11 2 Secure Print When the Confidential Document Access Method is
53. Document Access Method is set to Mode 1 eeeseeess 11 9 When the Confidential Document Access Method is set to Mode 2 uusssss 11 11 Save in User BOX e 11 13 Setting the printer dr iia tiles Candice do aaa 11 13 FOr WINGOWS cS 11 13 Eor Mac OS Aora ear CES 11 14 Recalling a job from the control panel oocoonncccccnncccoccccnnnonnnncnnnonannncnnnnnnnnncnnn cana nncnnnnnnnn nesenam ennt 11 15 Printing a document on the machine for which user authentication is specified 11 17 FOr WINKOWS Rp 11 17 For MacOS Xt ess fie si hl He LIN UE eee net Ache Ee LI E IAS ur Se ok uk rie MP 11 19 Printing a document on the machine for which Account Track function is enabled 11 20 Setting the printer driver esie itr ti hens ER ER HI Era RR cevesdeapeant cos cass HEX E Led pe Fa IRR Ea 11 20 For WIndOWS uod te ne iR Lee a detulit dcc tasei LAS ent a tU SR 11 20 For Mac OS Xia eod ce Fete teh ote EE LL een moi ov LIE S eas 11 21 UD 8c iq ert XP 11 23 Setting th printer driver iue tre treni licei ter nein Do Rena eI ee Reda REN L DR ERR EXER E Raga tiers 11 23 For WindOowWS f ER a a Ce oa CUR 11 23 For Mac QS X taedio deter o ui t Geb ttd a Dee Dee dep E ee 11 25 Recalling a job from the control panel ooooonoccccccnnncccccccnnnononcnnnononnncnnnnnnnnncnnncnnnnnncnnnnnnnn nnn nnn nnne 11 26 Entering the user information and printing
54. For details on Assign Account to Acquire Device Info of this machine refer to page 12 51 ineo 223 283 363 423 8 2 Default settings of the printer driver 8 8 2 3 Settings tab Printer Name PCL Properties 5 General Sharing Ports Advanced Color Management Securty Configure Settings 1 0 EME Spool Sp Y Display Constraint Message m Display paper set in Print Server Properties m Verify Authentication settings before printing Popup Authentication Dialog when printing Enter ID PWD to execute secure print My Tab Settings Save Custom Size mra The Settings tab allows you to change the default settings for displaying the confirmation messages or the window for entering the authentication settings Item Name Functions EMF Spool Select this check box when meta file EMF spool is required for use in its own System environment Display Constraint Mes sage Select this check box to display the message when functions that cannot be configured simultaneously are enabled for the printer driver Display paper set in Print Server Properties Select this check box to use forms added in the Server Properties dialog box of the Printers window Verify Authentication settings before printing Select this check box to verify authentication settings for this machine before printing and display the message if they are not satisfied
55. List E Select item and enter setting Banner Sheet Setting OFF Binding Direction Adjustment Finishing Priority cae BEPFaceveR oN A ua E 01 09 2010 16 31 Memory 100 4 Press the desired button Job List 7 Select job setting Job Setting Banner Sheet Setting OFF Binding Direction Adjustment Finishing Priority Printer Settings EN 01 09 2010 16 32 Memory 100 ineo 223 283 363 423 12 13 12 User settings 12 2 12 2 10 Paper Tray Specify the default paper tray setting Default Auto 1 In the User Settings screen press Printer Settings 3 For details on displaying the User Settings screen refer to page 12 3 2 Press Paper Setting JobList Use the menu buttons or keypad to make a selection Utility gt User Settings gt Printer Settings 1 Basic Settings J Print Reports Paper Setting 1 EAM TIFF image Paper Setting User Settings PCL Settings PS Setting gt XPS Settings 3 01 09 2010 16 30 Memory 100 3 Press Paper Tray 7 Select item and enter setting Paper Size rm 01 09 2010 16 32 Memory 100 4 Press the button for the desired paper tray 3 To select the paper tray automatically press Auto Specify the paper tray to be used when it is not specified from the printer driver 01 09 2010 16 34 Memory 100 5 Press OK 12 14 ineo 223 283 363 423 12 2 User settings 12 12 2 11 Paper Size Specify the d
56. Popup Authentication Dialog when printing Select this check box to display the User Authentication Account Track di alog box when specifying printing prompting entering the user name and ac count name Enter ID PWD to exe cute secure print Select this check box to display the Secure Print dialog box prompting entry of ID and password when performing secure print My Tab Settings Configure the settings to display My Tab for the printer driver Display My Tab Displays or hides My Tab Select this check box to display My Tab Share My Tab Specifies whether to share the function layout on My Tab If this check box is selected the My Tab layout specified in the server side is inherited to that in the client side when specifying a shared printer of the serv er from a client and installing the printer driver Also this function hides the Edit My Tab key in the client side to prohibit a client user from editing My Tab Prohibit Editing Prohibits or allows each user to edit My Tab If this check box is selected the Edit My Tab key is hidden to prohibit each user from editing My Tab Display Note Displays or hides a note on My Tab If this check box is se lected a note on My Tab is displayed Save Custom Size Click this button to register custom paper sizes ineo 223 283 363 423 Default settings of the printer driver 8 2 8 2 4 Reference e EMF Spool and Save Custom Size
57. Ready to Scan 2 To Main Menu User Authentication Setting User Authentication ON MFP v gt Account Track Settings Public User Access ON With Login sj External Server Settings eae Time Setting etie D Minute 1 60 Public User Box Setting Account Track ON vj Scan to Home Settings Account Track Input Method gt ri Folder ee amp Synchronize v Moe of Counters Assigned for NN a 399 pen Number of Jobs Reach Skip Job A ox Cancel Item Description General Settings Configure the User Authentication or Account Track setting in this machine To en able authentication configure the number of assigned counters or the When Number of Jobs Reach Maximum setting User Authentica tion Setting When enabling User Authentication register the target user or configure user set ting Account Track Settings When enabling Account Track register and edit the target account External Server Settings When enabling external server authentication register the external server Public User Box Setting Specify the upper limit of the number of User Boxes This item is displayed only when a Hard Disk is installed Scan to Home Settings Configure the setting to send a file to the Home folder Scan to Author ized Folder Set tings Configure settings to restrict manual transmission destination ineo 223 283 363 423 13 23 13 Administrator mode overview 1
58. TrueType fonts as screen fonts The Screen Font or Screen Fonts folder in the DVD ROM contains the screen fonts Install the screen fonts using the standard function for the OS of adding fonts For details refer to Help of the Operating System 3 Macintosh fonts are compressed Decompress them before installing Reference e After installing the printer driver perform test print to make sure that the connections are made prop erly C Reference For details on the connectable interfaces refer to page 2 8 For details on the network settings refer to the User s Guide Network Administrator The procedure for installing the printer driver varies depending on the connection method operating system of the computer and printer driver For details refer to page 3 3 To update an existing printer driver uninstall it first For details refer to page 7 3 Configure the interface timeout settings in the Utility menu on the control panel if necessary For details refer to page 12 49 ineo 223 283 363 423 2 9 2 Setup procedure 2 3 2 3 2 For local connection Connect this machine to the computer Install the printer driver Install the screen fonts 3 The DVD ROM contains the European TrueType fonts as screen fonts The ScreenFont or Screen Fonts folder in the DVD ROM contains the screen fonts 3 Install the screen fonts using the standard function for the OS of adding fonts For details refer to Help of
59. X Perform printing with the following settings specified e Output Method Secure Print For Windows 1 Click to display the Basic tab 2 Select Secure Print in Output Method Printing Preferences f My Tab Basic Layout Finish Cover Mode Stamp Compostion Quaity Other Favorite Setting fA Defaut Setting v amd Original Orientation Output Method B S iewe Bm H Original Size Ex Print Same as Original Size EN Save in User Box 400 B Save in User Box Print Manual ES Proof Print em a pt Paper Tray 3 ID amp Piri iat T P sE E Paper Settings for Each Tray Printer View Printer information Cosa ox _ coa hee 11 6 ineo 223 283 363 423 11 2 Secure Print 11 3 Enter the Secure Print ID and Password Secure Print Secure Print ID Max 16 Password Max 8 Operate the followings on the printers control panel in order to use the documents which is printed by secure print E User Box button gt System gt Secure Save in User Box 9 fips ae m and Password that are Cms Ddma te 3 When Password Rules is enabled on the machine the passwords that can be used for secure printing are limited If a password that does not comply with the password rules is entered the job is deleted For details on the Password Rules refer to the User s Guide Copy Operations 4 Printthe document 3 The ID and password required for secure print
60. XPS The abbreviation for XML Paper Specification This is one of the electronic document formats developed by Microsoft Corporation It is first supported in Windows Vista ineo 223 283 363 423 15 17 1 5 Glossary 15 5 15 18 ineo 223 283 363 423 16 1 Index by item 16 m LceGceoGOo LLL 16 16 1 Index Index by item Numerics 2 sided printing 72 76 A Accessing 73 3 Account track 77 20 73 6 Adding a printer 4 3 4 74 4 20 Address registration 73 79 13 27 Administrator mode 73 70 13 20 Administrator settings 9 73 12 36 AppleTalk 3 7 3 8 5 5 5 9 5 12 Assign account to acquire device info 72 57 Authentication 72 53 Authentication and printing 77 23 Authentication unit 77 29 Auto size switching between A4 A3 and LTR LGR 12 9 B Back cover 8 17 9 18 10 8 Banner sheet paper tray 72 20 Banner sheet setting 72 70 Basic tab 8 73 Binding direction adjustment 72 77 Binding margin 8 75 Binding position 8 75 9 75 70 8 12 17 Bonjour 3 7 5 4 C Cannot configure the settings 74 5 Cannot print 74 3 Capturing print data 72 55 Cellular phone or PDA 77 30 Cellular phone or PDA settings 72 54 Center stapling and folding 8 76 9 76 Checking jobs 73 77 Collated 9 77 70 7 Collating 8 74 9 77 Combination 8 75 70 8 Configure tab 8 5 Connection diagram 2 8 Connection methods 3 6 Control panel 2 5 Copy security 8 79 8 23 9 27 Cover mode tab 8 77 Cover mode transpar
61. Ztorea Org ses Delete Increase Priority y Release Held Job 4 Bl Job Details mimm 01 09 2010 15 52 The Release Held Job screen appears 3 Fromthe job list select the job you want to print 3 To print the remaining number of copies continue with Step 6 3 To change the printing conditions continue with Step 4 Select desired job to print and press Start To copy 1 set for proofing press Proof Copy Release Held Job No Nanc Status Document NWame Ztorea Org ses Job Details 10 09 2010 15 52 Cancel ENT gt Ifthe job you want to release is not displayed press 1 or until the desired job is displayed If an incorrect job was selected touch the button for the selected job again to deselect it 4 Press Change Setting The Change Setting screen appears 3 To check the results of setting changes select the job whose sample copy is to be printed from the job list and then press the Proof Copy key on the control panel One copy is printed for checking After performing the Proof Copy key the original settings are restored Configure the settings again as necessary 5 Change the printing conditions in the Change Setting screen and then press OK The Release Held Job screen appears again gt To cancel releasing the held job press Cancel 6 Press OK or the Start key in the control panel The stored job is changed to an active job and then printed
62. a document is copied illegally on the machine that supports this func tion the composed pattern is scanned and you are prompted to enter the password To copy a document enter the specified password when print ing Password Enter the password for Password Copy Characters Select this check box to embed the selected character string in a pattern A preregistered character string common stamp or a character string registered in the machine registered stamp can be specified Date Time Select this check box to embed the selected date and time in a pattern Click Edit under Format to specify the display type and presence or absence of the time display Serial Number Select this check box to embed the serial number of the machine in a pat tern Distribution Control Number Select this check box to embed the copy number in a pattern when print ing multiple copies Click Edit under Start Number to specify the start number and number of digit to be displayed Job Number Select this check box to embed the print job number in a pattern for doc uments that are automatically paginated Obtain Device Information Select this option to communicate with the machine to read the copy se curity settings configured on the machine ineo 223 283 363 423 8 23 Parameter details 8 4 Function Name Edit Copy Security eee Copy Security GH cor
63. a password is specified for the User Box go to Step 3 3 f a password is not specified for the User Box go to Step 4 Job List O Select the desired User Box to use or file document 1 Use the keypad to input and specify the box number to use Public Save Docunent 000000002 002 000000001 a 001 user Box Information User Box No 000000002 User Box Name 002 Type Search d BEBE Sox User Bo Enter User Box No Use File Toner Level Ki ld pg Language Selection ineo 223 283 363 423 11 15 Save in User Box 11 3 3 Enter the User Box password and then press OK A list of documents in the specified User Box appears Enter the Ssword of the s Box To clear your entry 2 002 cted User press the C key User Box Password B kooki 01 09 2010 16 05 Memory 99 T Cancel 4 Select the document to be printed on the Print tab and then press Print Print document 1 rint Settings Comb Toner Level kl n 3 Documents saved in User Boxes can be transmitted via E mail or fax For details on the User Box functions of the machine refer to the User s Guide Box Operations 5 Change the print conditions as necessary Job List To change document print settings choose from the following options If you are ready to print touch Start or press Start Print gt Print Deta
64. access other computers on the network by specifying host names instead of elusive and non intuitive IP addresses DPI dpi The acronym for Dots Per Inch A unit of resolution used for printers and scanners This indicates the number of dots used to represent an inch The higher this value the higher the resolution Driver Software that works as a bridge between a computer and a peripheral de vice Ethernet A standard for LAN transmission lines Frame type A type of communication format used in NetWare environments For mutual communication the same frame type is required FTP The acronym for File Transfer Protocol This is a protocol used for transfer ring files via the Internet an intranet or other TCP IP network Gateway Hardware and software used as the point where a network is connected to a network A gateway not only connects networks but also changes data for mats addresses and protocols according to the connected networks 15 14 ineo 223 283 363 423 Glossary 15 Term Description Gray scale A form of presenting monochrome image by using the gradation information shifting from black to white Hard disk A large capacity storage device for storing data The data is retained even after the power is turned off Host name The name used to identify a device on a network HTTP The acronym for HyperText Transfer Protocol This is a protocol use
65. configured function Reference e To display the online help connect your computer to the Internet 13 4 ineo 223 283 363 423 13 2 Login and Logout 13 13 2 Login and Logout 13 2 1 Login and logout flows Accessing with Web Connection displays the login page when User Authentication or Account Track is en abled and displays the login page in the public user mode when User Authentication or Account Track is not enabled When re logging in to this machine as a different user or as an administrator log out once and log in again When user authentication or account track is not enabled You are automatically logged in as a public user Q Public To Login Screen i Se Ready to Scan 1 Ready to Print e IE ENG alee To Main Menu Y Device Information Device Information gt Configuration Summary Device Name MFP Device Location Option Engine Serial Number 11 gt Consumables Device Type Print Copy Scan F ax gt Meter Count Toner Status Black AAA AAA o gt Online Assistance Function Permission Information gt Network Setting Information Print Setting Information Print Information Paper Tray Select Tray Paper Size Paper Type Paper Status al Bypass 8 1 2 x 11 LEF Plain Paper Empty c Tray 1 8 1 2 x 11 LEF Plain Paper Ready c Tray 2 8 1 2 x 11 LEF Plain Paper Ready c Tray 3 8 1 2 x 11 LEF Plain Paper Ready c Tray 4 8 1 2 x
66. connection method This machine can be con nected via a network or a USB interface In network connection the printer driver installation method varies depending on the protocol to be used Network connection Ethernet This machine is connected as a network printer This printing system supports 1000Base T 100Base TX and 10Base T standards In addition TCP IP LPD LPR IPP SMB IPX SPX NetWare AppleTalk EtherTalk protocols are supported The applicable protocols vary depending on the operating system of the computer USB interface This machine is connected as a local printer The USB interface can be connected to a computer running Windows For USB connection this manual covers only the plug and play based setup procedures 3 3 1 Windows Vista Server 2008 7 Setup procedures Connection method Reference page Connection meth LPR A network connection using the p 4 3 od in which setup LPR Line Printer Remote print is possible using service It uses a TCP IP protocol Add Printer Wizard and the LPR printing port Port9100 A network connection using the PORT9100 print service It uses a TCP IP protocol and the RAW printing port SMB A network connection using SMB Server Message Block for shar ing files or printers in Windows It supports the TCP IP protocol IPP IPPS A network connection using the IPP Internet Printing Protocol print service Printing via the In ternet is possible wi
67. desired button Select item and enter setting Utility gt Printer Settings gt Paper Setting Paper Size A 8x11 2 Sided Print OFF Binding Position Left Bind Staple OFF 142 01 09 2010 16 32 Memory 1007 JobList Select job setting Reference Utility gt Printer Settings gt Paper Setting Job Setting 1 position Paper Size gx 2 Sided Print OFF 2 Position Binding Position Left Bind 01 09 2010 16 34 Memory 100 e The staple function is available only when the optional Finisher FS 527 or Finisher FS 529 is installed 12 18 ineo 223 283 363 423 12 2 User settings 12 12 2 15 Punch Configure the punch setting when the data to be printed has no punch setting information Default OFF 1 In the User Settings screen press Printer Settings For details on displaying the User Settings screen refer to page 12 3 2 Press Paper Setting 3 Switch the page by pressing 1 or and then press Punch Select item and enter setting Job List sss Utility gt Printer Settings gt Paper Setting Punch OFF Auto Utility Banner Paper Tray 7 User Settings Printer Settings 01 09 2010 16 35 Memory 1007 4 Press the desired button Job List Select job setting ility gt Printer Settings gt Paper Setting Job Setting Utility 2 Hole Banner Paper Tray Auto User Settings Printer Se
68. elect job setting Utility gt Printer Settings gt Paper Setting Job Setting ON Paper Size A 1 OFF Binding Position Left Bind Staple OFF 01 09 2010 16 34 Memory 100 12 16 ineo 223 283 363 423 12 2 User settings 12 12 2 13 Binding Position Specify the default binding position for 2 sided printing Default Left Bind 1 In the User Settings screen press Printer Settings 3 For details on displaying the User Settings screen refer to page 12 3 2 Press Paper Setting 3 Press Binding Position 4 Press the desired button elect item and enter setting 3 Utility gt Printer Settings gt Paper Setting Paper Tray Auto Paper Size 1 2 Sided Print OFF Binding Position Left Bind Staple OFF P i 4 01 09 2010 16 32 Memory 1007 elect job setting Utility gt Printer Settings gt Paper Setting Job Setting Top Bind Paper Size A 1 Left Bind Right Bind Staple OFF 01 09 2010 16 34 Memory 100 ineo 223 283 363 423 12 17 12 User settings 12 2 12 2 14 Staple Configure the staple setting when the data to be printed has no staple setting information Default OFF 1 In the User Settings screen press Printer Settings 3 For details on displaying the User Settings screen refer to page 12 3 2 Press Paper Setting 3 Press Staple Job List User Settings 4 Press the
69. f no printer is detected turn this machine off then on again In this case turn off this machine and then wait approximately 10 seconds before turning it on again If you turn the printer on immediately after turning it off it may not function correctly From the Name list select the desired model name The printer driver corresponding to the selected printer name is automatically selected 3 To check the printer name select Network Settings AppleTalk Settings in Administrator Set tings of this machine In the default setting the contents enclosed in parentheses following Print er Name correspond to the low order three bytes of the MAC address The following window shows an example where the printer name is changed to Printer Name AppleTalk 3 After the printer driver is selected go to Step 6 gt f an incorrect printer driver is selected go to Step 5 5 Select the desired printer driver manually 3 From Printer Model select GENERIC and then select the desired model from the list of model names Click Add When the selected printer is registered in the Printer List the setting procedure is completed ineo 223 283 363 423 5 9 Mac OS X 10 2 10 3 10 4 10 5 10 6 5 1 Configuring the LPR settings TCP IP Settings for the machine Specify the IP address for the machine LPD Setting for the printer Before using LPR printing enable LPD printing in LPD Setting for the machine C Refere
70. ineo 223 283 363 423 1 Troubleshooting 14 1 Cannot print 14 14 14 1 Troubleshooting Cannot print This section describes how to solve issues and problems that you may encounter while using the printer If you cannot print even when you have completed the printing procedure check the following items in order from beginning to end Problem Possible Cause Remedy Amessage saying Printer is not connected or Print Error ap pears on the computer screen The printer driver specified when printing may not be sup ported by the printer controller Check the specified printer name The network or USB cable may be disconnected Check that the cable is correctly connected An error may have occurred on this machine Check the control panel of this machine Memory may be insufficient Perform a test printing to check whether printing is possible A postscript error appears on the computer screen Memory of the computer may be insufficient Perform a test printing to check whether printing is possible There may be an error in the ap plication software settings Refer to the user s manual of the application software to check the settings The file printing settings may be incorrect Change the settings and try to print again Print processing on the compu ter finished but printing does not start The printer driver specified when print
71. is possible for the machine to obtain the common encryption key provided that the device information of the printer driver can be obtained automati cally Click OK ineo 223 283 363 423 11 35 1 1 Specifying the encryption passphrase by the user 11 8 For Mac OS X 1 Display the Output Method window 2 Click Detail Settings The Detail Settings window appears 3 Select Administrator Settings and then click Settings Detail Settings Settings Secure Print gt Save in User Box gt User Authentication gt Account Track Administrator Settings C Expand All C Collapse All The Administrator Settings dialog box appears 4 Selectthe Encryption Passphrase check box and then enter the encryption passphrase gt If you do not specify a user defined Encryption Passphrase clear the Encryption Passphrase check box Administrator Settings User Authentication Account Track Popup Authentication Dialog when printing C User Authentication M Account Track Secure Print Encryption Passphrase l Encryption Passphrase User Authentication Server Settings Enhanced Server f Off El Cancel or 3 Enter the Encryption Passphrase with 20 alphanumeric letters Specify the same Encryption Passphrase for the machine and the printer driver 3 Anencryption passphrase using a series of the same letters is invalid 5 Click OK
72. is selected as the paper type Check the setting of each item of the printer driver Cannot punch Printed pages may be fed out without being punched if the pa per is loaded into the paper source with an incorrect orienta tion Check the orientation setting The punch position is not as ex pected The orientation setting is not correct Check the punching position in the printer driver settings Combination fails pages are not combined but are printed sepa rately Originals having different orien tations are combined Align the orientations of the origi nal The overlay is not printed prop erly Memory of the computer may be insufficient Simplify the overlay to reduce the data size Garbled characters are detect ed when printing It may be impossible to obtain any outline image from the OS If garbled characters are detected while printing data using the PCL driver set download fonts to bit map fonts and set printer fonts to OFF Images are not printed properly Memory of the computer may be insufficient Simplify the images to reduce the data size Paper is not fed from the speci fied paper source Paper will not be fed from the specified paper source if that paper source is loaded with pa per of a different size or orienta tion Load the paper of the appropriate size and orientation into the de sired paper source The user authentica
73. item and enter setting EK X eo 01 09 2010 16 49 Memory 100 3 Press the C key to clear the value and then use the keypad to enter the time 10 to 1 000 sec 2 If a value outside of the allowable range is specified the message Input error appears Enter a number within the allowable range Use the keypad to enter the timeout period ministrator Settings gt Printer Settings Job Setting USB Timeout 60 sec 10 1000 Print XPS Errors Yes ct Print Yes Assign Account to N Acquire Device Info 7 i 01 09 2010 16 49 Memory 100 The time until a communication timeout occurs is set ineo 223 283 363 423 12 49 1 2 Administrator Settings 12 4 12 4 13 Print XPS Errors Specify whether to print the error message when an error occurs during XPS printing Default No 1 In the Administrator Settings screen press Printer Settings 3 For details on displaying the Administrator Settings screen refer to page 12 36 2 Press Print XPS Errors Select item and enter setting ENNCI NE M PSHC ct Print Yes Assign Account to N Acquire Device Info A lo 01 09 2010 16 49 Memory 100 3 Press the desired button F Select job setting w Yes Pswe Direct Print 01 09 2010 16 49 Memory 1007 12 50 ineo 223 283 363 423 12 4 Administrator Settings 1 2 12 4 14 Web Connection Direct Print Specify whether to al
74. necessary 3 Clicking Properties or Preferences in the Print window displays the Printing Preferences page of the printer driver where you can configure various functions For details refer to page 8 11 3 Printing Preferences of the printer driver changed in the Print window are not saved and the orig inal settings are restored when you exit the application Click Print Printing is executed and the data indicator of the machine flashes 3 When Secure Print Only is set to On on Device Option of the Configure tab Secure Print win dow appears Go to Step 6 ineo 223 283 363 423 8 3 Print operations 8 1 6 Enter the ID and password of the document and then click OK Data is sent and saved in the Secure Document User Box of this machine CEROS BACA D UT ems PS User Settings a Secure Print Secure Print ID Max 16 Password Max 8 Click the OK button after entering in 9 Secure Print ID and Password Operate the followings on the printer s control panel in order to use the documents which is printed by secure print User Boxbutton gt System gt Secure 7 aD Cim Casa O9 MA Reference For details on the Configure tab refer to page 8 5 For details on secure printing refer to page 11 6 ineo 223 283 363 423 8 2 Default settings of the printer driver 8 8 2 8 2 1 8 2 2 Default settings of the printer driver When you have in
75. page select A network printer or a printer attached to another com puter and then click Next In the Specify a Printer page select Connect to a printer on the Internet or on a home or office net work ineo 223 283 363 423 4 17 Windows XP Server 2003 4 2 N Co o In the URL field enter the URL for the machine in the following format and then click Next gt gt http lt IP address for the machine gt ipp Example When the IP address for the machine is 192 168 1 20 http 192 168 1 20 ipp 3 When specifying to use IPPS printing enter https lt IP address for the machine gt ipp gt f a confirmation dialog box appears after clicking Next gt click OK Click Have Disk Click Browse Select a desired printer driver folder in the DVD ROM and then click Open 3 Select a folder according to the printer driver operating system and language to be used Selectable printer drivers PCL driver PS driver and fax driver Click OK The Printers list appears Click OK Follow the instructions on the pages that follow Click Finish gt Ifthe Windows logo testing or Digital Signature window appears click Continue Anyway or Yes After finishing the installation make sure that the icon for the installed printer is displayed in the Printers and Faxes window Remove the DVD ROM from the DVD ROM drive This completes the printer driver installation
76. page 12 3 Press Print Reports Job List E Use the menu buttons or keypad to make a selection _ Utility gt User Settings gt Printer Settings Utility 1 Basic Settings A 6 Print Reports A Paper Setting 9 7 TIFF Image Paper Setting PCL Settings y PS Setting XPS Settings J 01 09 2010 16 30 Memory 100 12 28 ineo 223 283 363 423 12 2 User settings 1 2 3 Press the desired button Job List Select the report to be outputted ility gt Printer Settings gt Print Reports Utility User Settings Printer Settings PCL Font List J PS Font List y 01 09 2010 16 39 Close Memory 100 4 Press the button of the desired paper tray and then either 1 Sided or 2 Sided button i Select 8x11 or 11417 paper ESA Touch Start or press Start to begin printing 0 Utility gt Print Reports gt Configuration Page Paper Tray Simplex Duplex aoe IN Print Reports 01 09 2010 16 39 Cancel J start Memory 1007 5 Press Start or the Start key to print the report 3 To stop operations press Cancel 12 2 25 TIFF Image Paper Setting Select this option to configure how to determine the paper size when directly printing TIFF or JPEG image data Default Auto Paper Select Direct print is used to print documents using the direct print function of Web Connection or from external memory or cellular
77. quality suitable for documents produced by DTP Web Select this option to print with a quality suitable for Web page printing CAD Select this option to print with a quality suitable for CAD data printing Pattern Fine Coarse Specify fineness of the graphic patterns Toner Save ON OFF Select this check box to adjust the printing density in order to save the amount of toner consumed Edge Enhance ON OFF Select this check box to enhance the edges of charac ment ters graphics and images so that thin lines and small letters become clearly visible Font Settings Reference Select whether the fonts to be downloaded from the computer to this machine are bitmap fonts or outline fonts Also specify whether to replace the TrueType fonts by printer fonts when printing If garbled characters are detected while printing data using the PCL driver set download fonts to bitmap fonts and set printer fonts to OFF e The Pattern function is available for the PCL XPS drivers The Font Settings function is available for the PCL PS drivers 8 26 ineo 223 283 363 423 8 4 Parameter details 8 4 8 Other tab ss Printing Preferences 2 My Tab Basic Layout Finish Cover Mode Stamp Compostion Quality Other Favorite Setting Default Setting wv Edit ET Y Remove White Background Y Thin Line Support Es 4 og T Pr
78. ros n Pint tem Detail Settings us Angle Pattem Overwrite O degrees Es Front Overwrite Tex Size Background Pattem Standard Machine Setting1 gt Pattem A Emboss Text gt Adjust Density Defautt Ga 2 Description Angle Specify the pattern angle Text Size Specify the text size of a pattern Adjust Density Specify the density or contrast of a pattern Pattern Overwrite Specify the sequence for printing a pattern on top of the original Background Pattern Specify the background pattern Pattern Reference Specify the embedding method of a pattern e The function of Obtain Device Information is available only when your computer is connected to and can communicate with the machine To use Obtain Device Information in Administrator Settings of the machine set System Connection OpenAPI Settings Authentication to OFF For details refer to page 12 53 e Items that can be specified vary depending on the selected Copy Security function Editing date time and page number Function Name Edit Date Time Page Number Es Y Date Time Y Page Number Format Starting Page 07 1 23 1 gt 1 99999 Edit Starting Page Number 1 1 99999 Pages v Cover Mode All Pages m Print on Front and Back Cover v Print Position Print Position E Top Left E Top tek B
79. s Guide Network Administrator Configuring the AppleTalk Settings for the computer Configure the AppleTalk settings for the Macintosh computer connected to the printer In the Apple Menu select System Preferences 2 Click the Network icon 3 The Ethernet setting window appears 3 For OS X 10 5 select Ethernet and then click Advanced 3 For OS X 10 4 select Built in Ethernet and then click Configure 4 Double click the AppleTalk tab to enable AppleTalk Click the close button at the top left corner of the window 3 When the This service has unsaved changes message appears click Apply Adding a printer In the Apple Menu select System Preferences Click the Print amp Fax icon Click on the Print amp Fax window 4 Click Default Connected printers are detected f no printer is detected turn this machine off then on again In this case turn off this machine and then wait approximately 10 seconds before turning it on again If you turn the printer on immediately after turning it off it may not function correctly 5 Fromthe Printer Name list select the desired AppleTalk connected model name The printer driver corresponding to the selected printer name is automatically selected 3 To check the printer name select Network Settings AppleTalk Settings in Administrator Set tings of this machine In the default setting the contents enclosed in parentheses f
80. set to Mode 2 1 Press the User Box key on the control panel 3 Press User Box when the application menu is displayed Select Secure Document User Box in System User Box and then press Use File 2 Toner Level Ki Enter the ID for the secure print document and then press OK The list of secure print documents matching the specified ID appears 3 Enter the ID for the secure print document To clear your entry press the IC ID ME Shift 01 09 Memory Select the document you want to print and then press Enter Password Select document s and then Jig noose the desired function ecure Print User Box User Name Document Name rint Settings Enter Password Selected Documents Time JEn document 2 15 56 1 Cancel 16 02 01 09 2010 Memory 99 11 11 ineo 223 283 363 423 Secure Print 11 2 5 Enterthe password for the secure print document and then press OK The list of secure print documents matching the specified password appears 3 If Prohibited Functions When Authentication Error in Administrator Settings is set to Mode 2 and a user enters an incorrect password the specified number of times the document is locked To re lease from the operation prohibition status contact your administrator 6 Select the document to be printed on the Print ta
81. the printer driver using the Add Printer Wizard The printer driver can be installed in any port For details refer to page 4 3 2 Tumonthe power of the machine while it is connected to the network Since the printer is searched for be sure to connect the machine to the network To use the Web service print check that Network discovery is enabled in Network and Sharing Cent er on the computer e Open the Network window 3 n Windows Vista Server 2008 click Start and Network 3 In Windows 7 Server 2008 R2 open Computer and click Network If Network is not displayed in Computer click the Network and Internet category on the Control Panel and also click View network computers and devices Connected computers and devices are detected Select the device name of the machine and then click Install on the toolbar 3 To check the device name select Network Settings Web Service Settings Printer Settings in Administrator Settings of this machine In the default setting the last six characters of Printer name correspond to the low order three bytes of the MAC address To check the MAC address select Configuration Page For details on how to output Configuration Page refer to page 12 28 The printer driver for this machine is detected and the machine is ready to print After finishing the installation make sure that the icon for the installed printer is displayed in the Print ers or Devic
82. this machine and the printer controller from a client computer via the network using a Web browser Control of the number of pages to be printed the User Authentication and Account Track functions e Fax operations using a computer PC FAX transmission C Reference To use the fax function the optional Fax Kit is required For details on the PC FAX transmission refer to Us er s Guide Fax Driver Operations ineo 223 283 363 423 2 3 2 Printer controller 2 1 2 1 2 Flow of printing The following outlines the flow of operations for using this printing system as a printer Print data sent from an application is received by the printer driver The data is sent to the machine via the USB interface for USB connection or via Ethernet TCP IP IPX SPX AppleTalk for network connection Then the data is passed from the machine to the printer controller The printer controller rasterizes images expands output target characters and images to bitmap data This data is printed from this machine Computer When using USB When using network connection connection Application Application Printer driver Printer driver tft ft LI USB y La Ethernet a l TCP IP IPX SPX l AO y AR AEA 4 ee t i ECRIRE NE 4 1 j I 1 This machine I r E poo eee l Print po O l I AA E EEEE EER J I Printer controller PCL processi
83. to the machine may be blocked e Even a registered user cannot print a document if the user is not allowed to print For user authentica tion contact the administrator of the machine e Even when using an optional Authentication Unit for User Authentication enter the user name and password For details refer to the User s Guide Copy Operations For Windows 1 Click to display the Basic tab 2 Click Authentication Account Track Printing Preferences esa f My Tab Basic Layout Finish Cover Mode Stamp Compostion Quaity Other Favorite Setting fA Default Setting v d Edi Original Orientation Output Method Portrait E al Landscape Es Pt Original Size User Settings 81 21 r Authentication Account Track Paper Size Mu Same as Original Size Copies 1 1 9999 Zoom 25 400 Auto 100 Gl og Y Collate Manual en n a Paper Tray Offset HEC A Auto E g ez Paper Type El TE Peper SatingstorEach ay Printer View Printer Information oa OK _ Cancel Help ineo 223 283 363 423 11 17 11 Printing a document on the machine for which user authentication is specified 11 4 3 Select Recipient User and then enter a User Name and Password that are registered with the ma chine 3 The user name and password can each contain up to 64 characters gt f Public User access is allowed on the printer the print
84. user mode as an administrator jobs that could not be deleted in the administrator mode can be deleted e In the login page select the desired Data Management Utility For details on Data Management Utility refer to the User s Guide Network Administrator Login options You can select items as required when logging in Item Description Language Select the display language View Mode Select Flash or HTML e fthe screen reader software is used we recommend selecting HTML as the view mode e nan IPv6 environment select HTML e Flash Player is required when selecting Flash User Assist Select the Display dialog box in case of warning check box to display the dialog box when a warning has occurred or during operation after login Reference e If Flash is selected in View Mode the following items are displayed using Flash Status icons and messages Status of Paper Tray in Information Device Information Page display of Job 13 8 ineo 223 283 363 423 13 2 Login and Logout 13 Logging in as a public user If user authentication is not enabled on the machine you will be logging in as a public user In the login page select Public User Access and click Login Language Login View Mode User Assist Web Connection os Language OS Language M Public User Administrator Flash C HTML Flash Player is necessary to see in Flash form tron
85. 010 16 40 Memory 100 Press Link File Error Notification E Select item and enter setting ility gt User Settings gt Mobile PDA Settings Link File Error Notification Yes No Proxy Server Use Print 3 Utility User Settings 01 09 2010 16 40 Memory 100 ineo 223 283 363 423 12 31 12 User settings 12 2 3 Press the desired button Job List B Select item and enter setting ility gt User Settings gt Mobile PDA Settings Job Setting OFF Proxy Server Use No 01 09 2010 16 40 Memory 1007 12 2 27 Use Proxy Server This function enables you to specify whether the machine uses a proxy server to access a link file when print ing an XHTML file from a cellular phone or PDA Default OFF e ON Uses a proxy server e OFF Does not use a proxy server Reference Cellular Phone PDA Setting is displayed when the optional Local Interface Kit EK 605 is installed while Bluetooth Setting is enabled in this machine and Cellular Phone PDA Setting is enabled in Ad ministrator Settings For details refer to page 12 54 e When using a proxy server for connection select Administrator Settings Network Settings Web DAV Settings WebDAV Client Settings Proxy Server Address to register the desired proxy server For details refer to the User s Guide Network Administrator 1 In the User Settings screen press Cellular Pho
86. 11 LEF Plain Paper Ready Detail Output Tray Tray 1 Tray 2 Saddle Tray Tray 3 Administrator Information Administrator Name admin Extension No Admin E mail Address admin test local y To log in as an administrator log out once y ineo 223 283 363 423 13 5 1 3 Login and Logout 13 2 Login as an administrator again Web Connection Language OS Language OS Language v Login Public User Administrator View Mode Flash HTML Flash Player is necessary to see in Flash form ora ayeg JA User Assist Display dialog box in case of warning Starting up Data Management Utility Flash Player is required to use the Data Management Utility manage Copy Protect Data Manage Stamp Data amManage Font Macro 1 1 Can only run on Windows Internet Explorer and Flash Player Version 9 and above environments When User Authentication or Account Track is enabled If Authentication Manager is used for authentication ask your server administrator about the login proce dure The User Authentication or Account Track page appears Enter the required items to log in Web Connection Language OS Language OS Language bd Login Public User amp Registered User User Name Password Administrator View Mode Flash C HTML Flash Player is necessary to see in Flash form asian e User Assist Iv Display dialog box in cas
87. 12 2 11 12 2 12 12 2 13 12 2 14 12 2 15 12 2 16 12 2 17 12 2 18 12 2 19 12 2 20 12 2 21 12 2 22 12 2 23 12 2 24 12 2 25 12 2 26 12 2 27 12 2 28 12 2 29 12 3 12 3 1 12 4 12 4 1 12 4 2 12 4 3 12 4 4 12 4 5 12 4 6 12 4 7 12 4 8 12 4 9 12 4 10 12 4 11 12 4 12 12 4 13 12 4 14 12 4 15 12 4 16 12 4 17 12 4 18 12 4 19 12 4 20 13 1 13 1 1 13 1 2 13 1 3 Spool Print Jobs in HDD before RIP lssessssssssssssiseseeee ese nnnenn nennt entes enn nnn nnnn rnnt nnns nnn 12 8 AA A3 LTR EGR AUtO SWitChi eei isi tert ntn nena ro Enna E RES daria 12 9 Banner Sheet Setting iier en nr nha eg e RR ERR HERREN RR FER EEEa AEEA ET ana i aiaia 12 10 Binding Direction Adjustrrient e iiec eic sepes do ARRIERE eat p aeta Rig ER bebas 12 11 Line Width Adjustment siii A coe See ee A eae n 12 12 Gray Background Text Correction leise ieeneee seen e nnnm aae DEKAN Eiana Tinana 12 13 Paper Tray cor occae Io Dri e D MN ere Ee Eg 12 14 Pap r Si in eee e e ER HE EE EE es 12 15 ANA 12 16 Binding POSIION acti do Dr tede a citas 12 17 Staple 2 e p i e ib b pn epe cupa 12 18 P ri Clio ti e oi n E O ice cuota ds 12 19 Banner Sheet Paper Tray iem De er e reni ea i Me RR c pal FE Rada eure adag 12 20 Font Settings eco noe et ten et De Para Ein D rk ER Rex Ee koe npe EAAS Pn Era Ea Re AA EARRA ERR ceiving 12 21 ek aaie 12 22 FONE S ZE erc
88. 13 RA IVI Mac 3 7 Mac OS 9 2 3 8 Macintosh 2 7 5 3 7 5 Maintenance 73 20 Mode 1 77 9 Mode 2 77 77 My tab 8 77 N NetWare 3 8 6 3 Network 73 24 Network connection 2 9 Network window 4 9 Number of copies 8 74 9 77 10 7 12 6 Number of copies and pages 9 77 Offsetting 8 74 9 77 10 8 OpenAPI settings 72 53 Operating environment 2 7 73 3 Operating system 2 7 Option 9 5 70 4 Orientation 9 70 70 6 Original direction 72 7 Original orientation 8 73 Original size 8 73 Original type 8 26 9 25 OS 2 7 OS 10 2 3 7 5 3 OS 10 3 3 7 5 3 OS 10 4 3 7 5 3 OS 10 5 3 7 5 3 OS 9 2 2 7 5 12 7 5 10 3 OS X 2 7 5 3 7 5 9 3 Other tab 8 27 Output method 8 74 9 77 9 12 10 8 Output tray 8 77 9 77 10 8 Output tray settings 72 39 Overlap width line 9 75 Overlay 8 79 8 21 P Page attributes 9 70 70 6 Page number 8 79 8 24 9 21 9 23 Pages 9 77 10 7 Paper 70 6 Paper arrangement 8 77 9 76 Paper size 8 73 9 10 12 15 Paper source 70 7 Paper tray 8 73 9 77 12 14 Paper tray output tray 9 77 Paper type 8 73 9 17 Paper view 9 8 Parameter details 8 77 9 70 10 6 Pattern 8 26 PCL driver 3 4 8 3 PCL font list 75 8 PDL setting 72 5 Per page setting 8 78 9 79 Plug and play 4 77 4 79 4 25 Port 9100 4 3 4 74 4 20 Poster mode 9 75 PostScript 3 4 PPD driver 3 4 15 11 Print 8 3 Print type 8 75 9 75 10 8 Print fax output setting 72 38 Printer controller 2 3 Printer driver 74
89. 283 363 423 12 2 User settings 12 5 Press OK The number of sets is specified 12 2 3 Original Direction Specify the default image direction Default Portrait e Portrait Select this option to print the image vertically e Landscape Select this option to print the image horizontally 1 In the User Settings screen press Printer Settings 3 For details on displaying the User Settings screen refer to page 12 3 2 Press Basic Settings 3 Press Original Direction E Select item and enter setting EENCCINSEESENNF HMM SR Ado before REP ON AG A3 4LTR LGR OFF Auto Switch 01 09 2010 16 31 Memory 100 4 Press the desired button 1 Job List Select job setting Job Setting a 01 09 2010 16 31 Memory 1007 ineo 223 283 363 423 12 7 12 User settings 12 2 12 2 4 Spool Print Jobs in HDD before RIP Specify the spool function Default ON e ON When the next job is received while processing a job the print data is stored in HDD e OFF The print data is not stored in HDD Reference e Normally do not change this setting to OFF Otherwise normal printing may be interfered e ON is available only when a Hard Disk is installed 1 In the User Settings screen press Printer Settings 3 For details on displaying the User Settings screen refer to page 12 3 2 Press Basic Settings 3 Press Spool Print Jobs in HDD before RIP
90. 283 363 423 12 4 Administrator Settings 12 12 4 46 Configuring Authentication under OpenAPI Settings When user authentication is performed or when acquiring the device information with the Authentication Manager set the Authentication setting of the OpenAPI Setting screen of the machine to OFF Default OFF 1 In the Administrator Settings screen press System Connection 3 For details on displaying the Administrator Settings screen refer to page 12 36 2 inthe System Connection screen press OpenAPI Settings 3 Inthe OpenAPI Settings screen press Authentication Specify setting for selected item Administrator Settings gt System Connection gt OpenAPI Settings Access Setting A Allow SSL Port Settings y Administrator authentication Settings Authentication 7 Utility System Connection 01 09 2010 16 51 Memory 100 4 Set Authentication to OFF 5 Press OK Select whether or not authentication is to be used with OpenAPI 0 Administrator Settings gt OpenAPI Settings gt Authentication Utility y Administrator Settings y System Connection OpenAPI Settings 01 09 2010 16 51 Memory 100 The authentication settings are configured ineo 223 283 363 423 12 53 12 Administrator Settings 12 4 12 4 17 Configuring the cellular phone or PDA settings You can specify whether to allow printing from a cellular phone o
91. 3 5 13 5 5 Network po EON Item Description TCP IP Setting Configure the TCP IP setting when connecting this machine via network E mail Setting Configure the settings to send or receive E mails including Internet fax and specify the extension function such as E mail authentication LDAP Setting Configure the settings to register the LDAP server IPP Setting Configure the IPP print setting FTP Setting Configure the settings to use this machine as an FTP client or server SNMP Setting Configure SNMP settings SMB Setting Configure the SMB client WINS SMB print or Direct Hosting setting neg Service Set Configure the settings to perform scanning or printing using Web services tings Bonjour Setting Configure Bonjour settings NetWare Setting Configure NetWare settings AppleTalk Set Configure AppleTalk settings ting a Fax Set Configure the direct SMTP TX or direct SMTP RX settings ting WebDAV Set Configure the WebDAV settings tings OpenAPI Set Configure the OpenAPI settings tings TCP Socket Set Configure the TCP Socket settings to have a data communication between this ma ting chine and the application software in your computer 13 24 ineo 223 283 363 423 13 5 Administrator mode overview 13 Item Description IEEE802 1x Au Configure IEEE802 1X authentication settings thentication Set
92. 3 For details on displaying the User Settings screen refer to page 12 3 2 Press PCL Settings 3 Press Symbol Set JobList se the menu buttons or keypad to make a selection Utility gt Printer Settings gt PCL Setting MET MIE rare Z 2 CR LF Mapping 01 09 2010 16 36 Memory 100 12 22 ineo 223 283 363 423 12 2 User settings 12 4 Press the desired symbol set name 3 Switch the page by pressing 1 or and then press the desired symbol set name Utility gt PCL Settings gt Symbol Set Symbol Set 3 5 PC 850 Multilingual PC 852 Latin 2 m ER PC 858 Multilingual PC 8 Turkish PC 8 Danish Norw PC 1004 PI Font PS Math PS Text 01 09 2010 16 37 Memory 100 5 Press OK 12 2 19 Font Size Specify the default font size value Default Scalable Font 12 00 Point Bitmap Font 10 00 Pitch e Scalable Font Specify the font size in points e Bitmap Font Specify the width of the bitmap font in pitches 1 In the User Settings screen press Printer Settings 3 For details on displaying the User Settings screen refer to page 12 3 2 Press PCL Settings 3 Press Font Size E Use the menu buttons or keypad to make a selection Utility gt Printer Settings gt PCL Setting Utility 1 Font Settings A Symbol Set 1 i d Job List User Settings Font Size Printer Settings EN NND CR LF Mapping
93. Authentication Account Track 3 For details on displaying the Administrator Settings screen refer to page 12 36 2 Inthe User Authentication Account Track screen press User Authentication Settings 3 Inthe User Authentication Settings screen press Administrative Setting Use the menu buttons or keypad to make a selection Administrator Settings gt User Auth Account Track gt User Auth Settings Administrati mm 2 User Registration 4 3 User Counter 4 Administrator Settings User uthent ications Account Track 01 09 2010 16 47 Memory 100 4 Inthe Administrative Settings screen press ID amp Print Operation Settings 12 46 ineo 223 283 363 423 12 4 Administrator Settings 1 2 5 Press the desired button Touch the button for the desired setting e dninistrator Settings gt User Auth Settings gt Administrative Settings Job Setting User Name List OFF Default Function Permission d ee ID amp Print Settings Print Each Job Print All Jobs Default Operation Selection Begin Printing User Authentication Account Track User Auth Settings 01 09 2010 16 48 Memory 100 12 4 10 Default Operation Selection Configure the default setting of the operation to be performed after authentication has been completed on the authentication unit success in login while this machine is holding ID amp print jobs Default Begin Print ing e Be
94. Bulletin Board and Relay User Boxes are available when the optional Fax Kit is installed e The Confidential RX User Box is available when the optional Fax Kit is installed while no Hard Disk is installed Reference e Open User Box and Create User Box are displayed only when a Hard Disk is installed 13 4 4 Direct print 2 user 1 Logout Change Password w X Ready to Scan SB oon s iis E To Main Menu Basic Setting Number of Sets M 19999 Sort ON Offset OFF Paper Tray Auto v Printed Side 1 Sided v Original Orientation LEF Finish Punch OFF Staple OFF M Binding Position Left Bind Application Setting Display Select File Printing of the following format files is supported XPS PDF Vert 6 TIFF PS PCL JPEG Text File ok Cancel Item Description Direct Print Specify a file saved in the computer to print it using this machine If necessary you can select Application to save a document in the specified User Box Reference e Direct Print may not be displayed depending on settings in the administrator mode e A colored original is converted to black and white for printing even if Direct Print is specified e Save in User Box and Secure Print in Application Setting are displayed when a Hard Disk is in stalled e If the following original is downloaded while no Hard Disk is installed memory overflow may occur re sulting in a printing failure Large volume origi
95. F Select this check box to hide the comment field con taining More Details from the next time Edit My Tab Reference Click this button to register or delete the functions dis played on My Tab For details refer to page 8 12 e The comment field containing More Details or Do not show again is not displayed if Display Note is disabled in My Tab Settings of the Settings tab e Edit My Tab is not displayed when Prohibit Editing is enabled in My Tab Settings of the Settings tab e Items other than the above are customized on Edit My Tab and the specific display contents vary depending on the registered contents RA Reference For details on the Settings tab refer to page 8 7 ineo 223 283 363 423 8 Parameter details 8 4 Edit My Tab Reference e Edit My Tab is not displayed when Prohibit Editing is enabled in My Tab Settings of the Settings tab 1 On My Tab click Edit My Tab 2 Select the function you want to register on My Tab and then click to the LEFT or to the RIGHT 3 Select the desired function from those indicated in the respective tabs in Setting Item List 3 Clicking to the LEFT places the selected function on the left side of My Tab and likewise clicking to the RIGHT places it on the right side of My Tab 3 At the left of the functions currently registered to My Tab the icons indicating the LEFT side RIGHT side ap
96. FF Select this check box to adjust the printing density in order to save the amount of toner consumed Edge Enhance ON OFF Select this check box to enhance the edges of charac ment ters graphics and images so that thin lines and small letters become clearly visible Original Type Document Photo Select any of the options to print with a quality suitable DTP Web CAD for the selected original Document Select this option to print with a quality suitable for documents with many characters Photo Select this option to print with a quality suitable for photos DTP Select this option to print with a quality suitable for documents produced by DTP Web Select this option to print with a quality suitable for Web page printing CAD Select this option to print with a quality suitable for CAD data printing Quality Adjust Click this button to adjust the image quality Adjust the ment text photos figures tables and graphs in each origi nal ineo 223 283 363 423 9 25 9 Parameter details 9 5 9 26 ineo 223 283 363 423 1 0 Print Functions of Mac OS 9 2 10 1 Print operations 10 TT Print Functions of Mac OS 9 2 This chapter describes the functions of the printer driver for OS 9 2 10 10 1 Print operations Print jobs are specified from the application software 1 Open the data in the application and click File Then click Print from the menu
97. IP Port 3 Touse the SMB connection select Local Port Click Next Specify the IP address and port 3 To use the LPR Port9100 protocol select TCP IP Device and then enter the IP address 3 To use the SMB connection enter NetBIOS name print service name in the Port Name box 3 Enter the same NetBIOS name and print service name specified in Print Settings in SMB Settings Click Next 3 Ifthe Additional Port Information Required or More Port Information Required dialog box appears go to Step 10 3 If the Install the printer driver dialog box appears go to Step 13 Select Custom and then click Settings Change the settings according to the port and then click OK 3 For LPR connection select LPR and then enter Print in the Queue Name box 3 You must discriminate between upper and lower case letters when entering it 3 For Port9100 select Raw and then enter a RAW port number initial setting 9100 in the Port Number box 3 f both LPR and Port9100 are enabled on this machine the printer driver is connected to this ma chine using LPR Click Next The Install the printer driver dialog box appears 13 Click Have Disk Click Browse ineo 223 283 363 423 4 5 Windows Vista Server 2008 7 4 1 15 O1 o F O N Select a desired printer driver folder in the DVD ROM and then click Open 3 Select a folder according to the printer driver
98. MAC address The following window shows an example where the printer name is changed to Printer Name Bonjour 3 After the printer driver is selected go to Step 7 gt f an incorrect printer driver is selected go to Step 6 Select the desired printer driver manually 3 When OS X 10 6 is used select Select printer software from Print Using and then select the printer driver of the desired model name from the list that is displayed in another window 3 When OS X 10 5 is used select the Select a driver to use from the Print Using and then select the printer driver of the desired model name from the list 3 When OS X 10 4 is used select GENERIC from the Print Using and then select the printer driver of the desired model name from the list Click Add When the selected printer is registered in the Print amp Fax the setting procedure is completed gt Ifthe Installable Options window appears proceed to change the option settings as necessary For details refer to page 9 5 Reference e For OS X 10 4 you can also add a printer by clicking Add in the Printer Setup Utility window ineo 223 283 363 423 5 1 Mac OS X 10 2 10 3 10 4 10 5 10 6 5 Configuring the AppleTalk settings Configuring the AppleTalk Settings for the machine Enable AppleTalk in AppleTalk Settings and then enter the printer name C Reference For details on the AppleTalk Settings for the machine refer to the User
99. Press PCL Settings JobList Use the menu buttons or keypad to make a selection Utility gt User Settings gt Printer Settings a NENIOICCNNE AE 01 09 2010 16 30 Memory 1007 3 Press Font Settings Use the menu buttons or keypad to make a selection Utility gt Printer Settings gt PCL Setting d User Settings Utility 1 Font Settings Printer Settings 01 09 2010 16 36 Close Memory 1007 4 Press Resident Font 3 If downloaded fonts are available Download Font can also be selected ime SPecify the font to use Utility gt PCL Setting gt Font Setting Current Font Ju Font Nane y Resident Font User Settings Printer Settings PCL Settings 01 09 2010 16 36 Memory 1007 ineo 223 283 363 423 12 21 12 User settings 12 2 5 Press the desired font name gt Switch the page by pressing 1 or and then press the desired font name 3 You can check the font number and the font size unit of the selected font 0001 CG Times 0002 CG Times Bold 0003 CG Times Italic 0004 CG Times Bold Italic 0005 CG Omega 0006 CG Omega Bold 0007 CG Omega Italic Font Size Unit 01 09 2010 16 37 Memory 100 6 Press OK 12 2 18 Symbol Set Configure the default font symbol set setting Default Varies depending on the area 1 In the User Settings screen press Printer Settings
100. Printers and Faxes in Win dows XP Server 2003 window ineo 223 283 363 423 8 27 8 Parameter details 8 4 8 28 ineo 223 283 363 423 9 Print Functions of Mac OS X 9 1 Print operations 9 IER LLL Print Functions of Mac OS X This chapter describes the functions of the PS printer driver for OS X 9 Print operations Print jobs are specified from the application software 1 Open the data in the application and click File Then click Print from the menu gt Ifthe menu is not available click Print The Print window appears Check that the desired printer name is selected in Printer gt Ifthe target printer is not selected select it Printer Printer Name fv Presets Standard 44 PDFv Preview Cancel Print gt Ifthe printer does not appear select the printer from Print amp Fax Printer Setup Utility or Print Center For details refer to page 5 4 and page 5 8 3 The Print window varies depending on the application software 3 The printer name can be changed if necessary The following window shows an example where the printer name is changed to Printer Name Specify the print range and the number of copies to print 3 When the setting items are not displayed in OS X 10 5 10 6 click onthe right side of Printer Printer Printer Name 14 fa Presets Standard E Copies f Collated Pa
101. Setting 01 09 2010 16 40 Memory 100 2 Press Print Job List E Select item and enter setting nd Utility 01 09 2010 16 40 Memory 100 3 Press the desired button Job List B Settings for Print from Cellular Phone PDA can be changed ility gt Mobile PDA gt Print Settings Basic Application utility Page Margin User Settings ue Cellular Phones PDA Setting gt cum Finishing 01 09 2010 16 40 Memory 100 12 34 ineo 223 283 363 423 12 2 User settings 12 12 2 29 Half Fold Unit Specify the fold unit when printing multiple pages while Half Fold is specified for the Fold function on the printer driver You can select whether to fold pages collectively for each job or by sheet Default Batch e One Sheet at a Time Half folds paper by sheet e Batch Half folds sheets collectively for each job However if the number of original pages is greater than the number of sheets this machine can fold the setting of the Fold function is disabled automatically and sheets are not folded for printing Reference e Half Fold Specification is displayed when the saddle stitcher is installed on the optional Finisher FS 527 e If Half Fold is selected along with Booklet all sheets are half folded collectively even if One Sheet at a Time is specified e When changing the maximum number of sheets this machine can fold contact your se
102. Settings screen refer to page 12 3 2 Press XPS Settings gt If an error is detected in the signature verification while Print XPS Errors is specified to print the information the error information is printed For details refer to page 12 50 Job List E Use the menu buttons or keypad to make a selection MECTITCNNS rin ens AECE XPS Settings y 01 09 2010 16 30 Close Memory 1007 3 Press Verify XPS Digital Signature Select item and enter setting ility gt Printer Settings gt XPS Setting Verify XPS Digital Signature OFF 01 09 2010 16 38 Memory 100 ineo 223 283 363 423 12 27 12 User settings 12 2 Press the desired button Job List 7 Select job setting ility gt Printer Settings gt XPS Setting Job Setting CEN a 01 09 2010 16 38 Memory 100 12 2 24 Print Reports Print reports The following four types of reports can be output The following describes the report output method taking the PCL font list output process as an example Configuration Page Select this option to output the list of settings of the machine Demo Page Select this option to output a test page PCL Font List Select this option to output the PCL font list PS Font List Select this option to output the PS font list In the User Settings screen press Printer Settings 3 For details on displaying the User Settings screen refer to
103. Skip Job Operation SeN gS al aa a aaaea aaa aana aaa daraa a aaa n eaea aaea an iania daana 12 44 ID amp Print Settirigs eee ehe OE dedicate aaae aea e RECETTE ra aee eee euge 12 45 ID amp Print Operation Settings a cccssccesasseacasasctaveccnasdecassccezaaasscanasdacescdtaasoeatacteanascegadaseavhecuauaueasdasbaceas 12 46 Default Operation Selection ironia che tent pea ac 12 47 Print without Authentication fedet eq ete d E e gue 12 48 I EstiIMGOULSOTIN Gis ER 12 49 Print XPS EIfOIS utn sank id Reade ate ee 12 50 Web Connection Direct Prildt oooonoccccnnnnniccccnnnonancccnnnnnnccncnnnnnnnnn cnn nan cnn nana 12 51 Assign Account to Acquire Device Info oooocconoccccnnononcccnonocnnnnccnnnonnnnncnnncnnnnncnnnnnnnnnn cnn nennen nenne 12 51 Configuring Authentication under OpenAPI Settings eeseeeeenn 12 53 Configuring the cellular phone or PDA settings sseeeeeenneennnnem nennen 12 54 Print Data Capture 5 oi cn ERR CURRERE RI RM ECC BREL ERE ERE dadas 12 55 Secure Print Only iti nt e ER RR EE ER D RR SRREIE HARTE RE dh XU SEE AXE DARE sa 12 56 Driver Password Encryption Setting oooccconnnconnnncnnonecnnnnnncnnrnnnnarnnn raro rr cnn rara 12 57 Using W b ConA e toT aa A nati 13 3 Operating environment eset Ern nt e rt did Ena de aa Feb E FUHR REIR RES ER cia 13 3 Accessing Web CorinectlOn uia re eats to rh ah ui Ea ERR A ERR REM EARS RE ER RR RR RR MA ERR Ra RR RR eR D
104. Transparent _ E 1st Page Only Degrees 180 e gres j i Light Dak Repeat La Si suming Gi namas anus men Description Watermark Name Enter the name of the watermark You can enter up to 30 characters Watermark Text Enter the text to be printed as the watermark You can enter up to 30 characters Add Click this button to create a new watermark Delete Click this button to delete the selected watermark TEL Click the button to change the order of items displays in the list This al lows you to move the frequently used items upward Position Select the vertical and lateral positions You can specify the positions us ing the scroll bars provided on the right of and under the image Center Click this button to return the watermark back to the center position Angle Specify the watermark print angle Font Name Select the font Size Select the size Style Select the style Frame Select the frame style Density Specify the density of the text Transparent Select this check box to print the watermark in a transparent image 1st Page Only Select this check box to print the watermark only on the first page Repeat Select this check box to print the watermark on one page repeatedly Sharing Select this check box to register the watermark for sharing it with other us ers or clear this check box to register it for private us
105. User account and secure document passwords are encrypted by the common encryption key When User Defined is selected for the encryption passphrase select the check box for the encryption passphrase in the printer driver to enable it and then enter the same value If different values are used for the encryption passphrase for the machine and the printer driver the ma chine cannot decrypt the encrypted user password account password or secure document password and printing cannot be performed For details refer to page 11 33 When OpenAPI is used and SSL is enabled it is possible for the machine to obtain the common en cryption key provided that the device information of the printer driver can be obtained automatically In the Administrator Settings screen press Security Settings gt For details on displaying the Administrator Settings screen refer to page 12 36 In the Security Settings screen press Driver Password Encryption Setting Press the desired button Tg change the encryption passphrase of the printer driver select User Specified and then set the encryption passphrase Administrator Settings gt Security Settings gt Driver Passuord Encryption setting Use Factory Default Utility Administrator Settings ncryption assphrase 7 Security Settings 01 09 2010 16 20 Memory 100 RA Reference For details on selecting User Defined for the encryption passphrase refe
106. User settings 12 2 Press the desired button Job List elect job setting ility gt Printer Settings gt Basic Settings Job Setting Auto Nunber of Copies A 1 Utility User Settings Original Direction Portrait Ih Ado before REP Printer Settings AG 7A3 4LTR LGR Auto Switch 172 01 09 2010 16 31 Memory 100 12 2 2 Number of Copies Specify the default number of sets Default 1 1 In the User Settings screen press Printer Settings 3 For details on displaying the User Settings screen refer to page 12 3 Press Basic Settings Press Number of Copies Job List elect item and enter setting ility gt Printer Settings gt Basic Settings PDL Setting Auto Nunber of Copies A 1 User Settings Original Direction Portrait Utility Sh Ro before RTP Printer Settings AG A3 TR LGR Auto Switch 1 2 01 09 2010 16 31 Memory 100 Press the C key to clear the value and then use the keypad to enter the number of sets 1 to 9999 gt Ifa value outside of the allowable range is specified the message Input error appears Enter a number within the allowable range Job List pecify the number of prints when it is not specified from the printer driver ility gt Basic Settings gt Number of Copies Utility User Settings 1 Copies 1 9999 Printer Settings Basic Settings 01 09 2010 16 31 Memory 100 12 6 ineo 223
107. Web Connection and check the printer information This button is enabled only when your computer can communicate with this machine ineo 223 283 363 423 8 4 Parameter details 8 4 Parameter details The Printing Preferences window is the window to configure the printer driver functions To open this window in the Print dialog box click Properties or Preferences or right click the printer icon in the Printers De vices and Printers or Printers and Faxes window Then select Printing Preferences 8 4 1 My Tab My Tab allows you to customize the display contents By registering frequently used setting functions to My Tab the printer driver can be easier to use and you can modify various settings from a single window f Printing Preferences Es 22 My Tab Basic Layout Frish Cover Mode Stamp Compostion Quai Other Favorte Setting 2 Default Setting v Ed 9 This tab allows you to arrange setting items as you like More Details E Do not show again Original Orientation Copies El Portrait 1 1 9999 Landscape Original Size Offset En 81 21 Part Type R Paper Size A E X Same as Original Sus E E Laid T pa Output Method E Staple See as Printer View Printer information a Deta Ok Cancel Help Function Name Option Description More Details Click this button to display the Help of My Tab Do not show again ON OF
108. Ww g u m Hn ow Ww A4 Auto Elevate Tray Left Binding Off Off Off Portrait 1 Stop Printing Tray Fixed On Off Auto Disable Auto 0 12 00 10 00 PC 8 Code Page 437 64 Line Page Off Disable 4 Auto 4 Auto 4 Auto None Disable 60 sec 60 sec Enable Installed Printer HDD Printer Memory Printer Inf Installed Tray Tray 1 Tray 2 Tray 3 Tray 4 LCT Option Duplex Unit Finisher Punch Unit Fold Unit Fax Unit Mailbin Unit Fi Varsi Management Version Printer Controller Network MAC Address MAC Address TCP IP TCP IP IP Address Subnet Mask Default Gateway RAW Port 0 RAW Port 1 RAW Port 2 RAW Port 3 RAW Port 4 RAW Port 5 Netware Netware Appletalk Appletalk SMB SMB uo gu d u w u wu uw Installed 3328 MByte Installed Available Available Available Available Not Available 3 A1UDO0YO0 3000 s 00 20 6B foci Enable 150 16 154 58 255 255 255 0 150 16 154 1 9100 9112 9113 9114 9115 9116 Disable Disable Enable ineo 223 283 363 423 15 7 15 Printing reports 15 2 15 2 2 PCL font list PCL Font List Resident Fonts Font Pitch Point Escape Sequence Courier CG Times CG Times Bold CG Times Italic CG Times Bold Italic CG Omega CG Omega Bold CG Omega Italic CG Omega Bold Italic Coronet Clarendon Condensed Univers Medium Univers Bold Univers Medium Italic Uni
109. X 10 5 is used select the Select a driver to use from the Print Using and then select the printer driver of the desired model name from the list 3 When OS X 10 4 is used select GENERIC from the Print Using and then select the printer driver of the desired model name from the list 8 Click Add When the selected printer is registered in the Print amp Fax the setting procedure is completed gt If the Installable Options window appears proceed to change the option settings as necessary For details refer to page 9 5 Reference e For OS X 10 4 you can also add a printer by clicking Add in the Printer Setup Utility window 5 1 3 Selecting and connecting a printer OS X 10 2 10 3 In OS X 10 2 10 3 the printer can be connected with Rendezvous AppleTalk LPR LPD or IPP After configuring the network setting for the machine selecting this machine as the printer to be used in Printer Setup Utility or Print Center enables printing Configuring the Rendezvous settings Configuring the Bonjour Setting for the machine Enable Bonjour in Bonjour Setting for the machine and then enter the Bonjour name E Reference For details on the Bonjour Setting for the machine refer to the User s Guide Network Administrator Adding a printer 1 Select Macintosh HD Applications Utilities where the driver has been installed and then double click Printer Setup Utility or Print Center to open it 2 W
110. Y side represents the width and the X side the length Original and paper indications ta indicates the paper size with the length X being longer than the width Y W indicates the paper size with the length X being shorter than the width Y 1 6 ineo 223 283 363 423 Overview 2 1 Printer controller 2 2 1 2 1 1 Overview This chapter describes the overview and connection environment of the printer controller that provides the printer function Printer controller The printer controller is a device that enables the printing and network printing functions on this machine Roles of the printer controller Incorporating the printer controller enables this machine to function as a printing system allowing printing using applications on the computer connected to this machine When using this machine as a network print er you can print using applications on the computer 1 This machine 2 Printer controller 3 Printing system The printer controller provides the following functions e Printing data sent from a printer driver on a computer e Support of network protocols including TCP IP IPv4 IPv6 IPX SPX and AppleTalk e Printing via a network using Web service Windows Vista Server 2008 7 SMB Windows LPR or IPP printing e Configuring settings for
111. a pa iaie 13 3 Web Browser cache desee A aie ege a eid le deos 13 4 ineo 223 283 363 423 Contents 5 For Internet Explorer cioe coteo ces eee a Es enne nk sue geb bea Ead exa seb apa aa e aiteke a aai 13 4 For Netscape Navigator ttn Ee iiec rh ra rec E EE eue rue dpa ese Sae ati 13 4 For Mozilla FirefOx soi iia 13 4 13 1 4 Online help fUl ctio 5 iiie Perte ti 13 4 13 2 Login and Eogout eret di 13 5 13 2 1 Eogin and logout TlOWS 5 ine A p eer ia ad ERR n eor th 13 5 When user authentication or account track is not enabled oooonnocccccconacccccnnononccccnncnnnnrncnnnnnnnnncnnnnns 13 5 When User Authentication or Account Track is enabled ooococccnnnccccccncnnonccccccnnnnancnnnnnnannncnnnnnnnccnnnns 13 6 13 2 2 LODO CETTE 13 7 13 2 3 Kore pe 13 8 EOIN OPTIONS A 13 8 Logging in as a public US ecc deg i ID eie ii Eee tad aa 13 9 Logging in as a registered Uuser eeeeesiseeseeee eee nenne ariana nnne aa nnns nennen entente 13 9 Logging in to the administrator MOCEC cccccceeceeeeeeeneeeeeeseaeeeeeeeeeaaaeeeeeeeaaeeeeeeseaaeeeeeeseeeeeeeeeess 13 10 Display mode in administrator mode essssssssssssssssseseeee eene r ennt nnns n ennt 13 11 Logging in as the User Box Administrator ooocoocccononccnnonnnonananananonnnnnrnnnnnrn nn nnrn cnn nr rra r rr nnrr rar 13 13 13 3 Structure Of pa
112. abled 11 5 3 Addan Department Name and Password that are registered with the machine 3 The account name and password can each contain up to 8 characters Account Track x Department Name Password OD Save Settings Default C Cancel or 3 Selecting the Save Settings check box saves the settings In addition if the Do not show this win dow when setting check box is selected the dialog box does not appear when the function is spec ified 4 Click OK to determine the settings and start printing If the entered access code is an access code enabled on the machine the job is printed and counted as a job for the specified account 11 22 ineo 223 283 363 423 11 6 ID amp Print 1 1 11 6 ID amp Print When the ID amp Print function is used printing is started only after the user name and password entered from the control panel of the machine are accepted and the authentication process has been completed success fully This is helpful in maintaining security of the document To use the ID amp Print function the user authentication must be completed on the machine When processing a print job from a computer specify ID amp Print after entering the user name and password from the printer driver Data to be printed in the ID amp Print mode is saved in the ID amp Print User Box and after printing they are automatically deleted from the ID amp Print User Box You ca
113. achine 10 User Box Press this key to enter User Box mode While the machine is in User Box mode the indicator on the User Box key lights up in green For details refer to the User s Guide Box Oper ations 11 Fax Scan Press this key to enter Fax Scan mode While the machine is in Fax Scan mode the indicator on the Fax Scan key lights up in green For details refer to the User s Guide Network Scan Fax Network Fax Operations 12 Copy Press this key to enter Copy mode The machine is in Copy mode in default While the machine is in Copy mode the in dicator on the Copy key lights up in green For details refer to the User s Guide Copy Operations Reference e The default print settings can be changed in the Utility mode e You can use this machine as a printer in either of User Box Fax Scan and Copy modes C Reference For details on proof printing refer to page 11 3 ineo 223 283 363 423 2 2 Operating environment 2 2 Operating environment This section describes the system requirements for using this printing system and the interfaces used for connection 2 2 1 Connectable computers and operating system Make sure that the computer to be connected meets the following conditions Windows Windows Operating system The supported OS varies depending on the type of printer driver For details re fer to page 3 4 CPU Any processor of the same or higher specification
114. ack 1 or later Windows Server 2003 Standard Edition Service Pack 1 or later Windows Server 2003 Enterprise Edition Service Pack 1 or later Windows Server 2003 R2 Standard Edition Windows Server 2003 R2 Enterprise Edition Windows XP Professional x64 Edition Windows Server 2003 Standard x64 Edition Windows Server 2003 Enterprise x64 Edition Windows Server 2003 R2 Standard x64 Edition Windows Server 2003 R2 Enterprise x64 Edition Windows Vista Business Windows Vista Enterprise Windows Vista Home Basic Windows Vista Home Premium Windows Vista Ultimate r Windows Server 2008 Standard Windows Server 2008 Enterprise Windows Server 2008 R2 Standard Windows Server 2008 R2 Enterprise Windows 7 Home Basic Windows 7 Home Premium Windows 7 Professional Windows 7 Enterprise Windows 7 Ultimate Supports 32 bit x86 64 bit x64 environment e Select the page description language according to the application used for printing e The Add Printer Wizard can be used for installing the PCL driver PS driver and XPS driver for Windows C Reference For details on the fax drivers refer to the User s Guide Fax Driver Operations ineo 223 283 363 423 Connection methods selectable in each operating system 3 3 Connection methods selectable in each operating system The connection method for this machine varies depending on the operating system of the computer The printer driver installation method also varies depending on the
115. acronym for Raster Image Processor RIP extracts picture images from text data created using PostScript or other page description language This processor is usually integrated into a printer Samba UNIX server software which uses SMB Server Message Block to make UNIX system resources available to Windows environments Screen font A type of fonts used for displaying characters and symbols on a CRT or other monitor Shared printer A printer connected to a server on the network and configured to be used by multiple computers SLP The acronym for Service Location Protocol This is a protocol that provides capabilities such as finding services or automatic client configuration on the TCP IP network SMB The acronym for Server Message Block This is a protocol for sharing files and printers mainly over the Windows network SMTP The acronym for Simple Mail Transfer Protocol It is a protocol used to trans mit or transfer E mail messages SNMP The acronym for Simple Network Management Protocol This is a manage ment protocol in the TCP IP network environments Spool The acronym for Simultaneous Peripheral Operation On Line Data to be out put to a printer is not sent directly to the printer but is temporarily stored in another location The stored data is then sent collectively to the printer Subnet mask A value used to divide a TCP IP network into small networks subnetworks This is used to identify ho
116. alling the printer driver the printer driver will not be correctly identified If the printer driver is not correctly identified the driver must be updated using Update Driver 1 Open the Devices and Printers window 3 Open the Control Panel select Hardware and Sound and then click View devices and printers When Control Panel is displayed in an icon view double click Devices and Printers Right click the device name of the machine that is under Unspecified and then click Properties 3 If Unknown Device appears instead of the device name of the machine right click to remove the device and install the printer driver To connect this machine as described in Making the printer driver known to the compute For details refer to page 4 9 or page 4 11 In the Hardware tab click Properties In the General tab click Change Settings In the Driver tab click Update Driver In the page in which to select how to search the driver software click Browse my computer for driver software anyway Click Browse Select a desired printer driver folder in the DVD ROM and then click OK 3 Select a folder according to the printer driver operating system and language to be used Selectable printer drivers PCL driver PS driver XPS driver and fax driver Click Next Follow the instructions on the pages that follow gt If the Windows Security window for verifying the publisher appears cl
117. alling the printer driver using the Add Printer Wizard v Installing the driver to Windows Vista Server 2008 7 based computers requires the administrator au thority Insert the printer driver DVD ROM for Windows into the DVD ROM drive of the computer Click Start and then select Control Panel Select the printer functions from Hardware and Sound The Printers window appears 3 n Windows Vista Server 2008 click Printers under Hardware and Sound When Control Panel is displayed in Classic View double click Printers 3 In Windows 7 Server 2008 R2 click View devices and printers under Hardware and Sound When Control Panel is displayed in an icon view double click Devices and Printers On the toolbar select the additional printer information 3 In Windows Vista Server 2008 click Add a printer on the toolbar 3 In Windows 7 Server 2008 R2 click Add a printer on the toolbar The Add Printer Wizard appears Click Add a network wireless or Bluetooth printer Connected printers are detected In the window showing the search result click The printer that want isn t listed In the Select a shared printer by name box enter the URL for the machine in the following format and then click Next gt http lt IP address for the machine gt ipp Example When the IP address for the machine is 192 168 1 20 http 192 168 1 20 ipp 3 When specifying to use IPPS printing enter https lt host
118. ancel Click this button to disable cancel changed settings and close the proper ties window Help Click this button to display Help of the items in the displayed window Add Favorite Setting Click this button to save current settings so that they can be recalled later In Restore Items check the setting item to be called when Favorite Setting is selected The following functions are available in Restore Items Original size original orientation e Copies List information of paper type settings List information of overlay List information of per page setting e Watermark list information and share setting If any of these functions is not selected its setting is not changed even if Fa vorite Setting is selected Edit Favorite Setting Click this button to change saved settings In Option you can change whether to select the Restore Items check box Default Click this button to return to the default settings ineo 223 283 363 423 8 9 Common Setting 8 3 Item Name Functions View Selecting Paper View displays the sample page layout based on current set tings for checking the output result image Selecting Printer View displays a printer figure showing the options installed in the machine such as the paper tray Paper 8 1 2x11 215 9x279 4 mm RT 215 9x279 4 mm Printer Printer Information Click this button to start
119. arch for the best driver in these locations select Include this location in the search and then click Browse Select a desired printer driver folder in the DVD ROM and then click OK 3 Select a folder according to the printer driver operating system and language to be used Selectable printer drivers PCL driver PS driver and fax driver Click Next gt and then follow the instructions on the pages that follow Click Finish gt Ifthe Windows logo testing or Digital Signature window appears click Continue Anyway or Yes After finishing the installation make sure that the icon for the installed printer is displayed in the Printers and Faxes window Remove the DVD ROM from the DVD ROM drive This completes the printer driver installation ineo 223 283 363 423 4 19 4 Windows 2000 4 3 4 3 Windows 2000 4 3 1 For network connection LPR Port9100 To use LPR Port9100 printing specify the port while installing the printer driver Settings for the machine To use Port9100 or LPR printing you must configure the network settings for the machine in advance Items to be configured Description IP address In TCP IP Settings of the machine specify the IP address RAW port number To use Port9100 printing In TCP IP Settings for the machine enable the RAW port number initial setting 9100 LPD Setting To use LPR printing In LPD Setting for the machine enable LPD print
120. are printed on the pages Page Number A page number is printed on all pages of a document Stamp A preset character string such as URGENT is printed on pages Copy Security A pattern to prevent unauthorized copying is printed on pages Copy Protect Prints hidden text Copy Guard Prints a Copy Guard pattern Password Copy Prints a password for Password Copy Stamp Repeat Text or an image is repeatedly printed on all pages ineo 223 283 363 423 12 33 12 User settings 12 2 Reference e Cellular Phone PDA Setting is displayed when the optional Local Interface Kit EK 605 is installed while Bluetooth Setting is enabled in this machine and Cellular Phone PDA Setting is enabled in Ad ministrator Settings For details refer to page 12 54 e The contents of TIFF Image Paper Setting also affect the paper size output when printing from a cel lular phone or PDA For details refer to page 12 29 e Copy Guard or Password Copy is displayed when the optional Security Kit SC 507 is installed For details refer to the User s Guide Copy Operations 1 In the User Settings screen press Cellular Phone PDA Setting 3 For details on displaying the User Settings screen refer to page 12 3 3 Cellular Phone PDA Setting is displayed in the 2 2 screen Press Forward to switch the screen 1 Job List B Use the menu buttons or keypad to make a selection ility gt User Settings Utility 1 Cellular Phone PDA
121. as been installed and then double click Printer Setup Utility or Print Center to open it When the You have no printers available window appears click Add When the printer list appears click Add gt f available printers have already been specified the You have no printers available window does not appear Select IP Printing for the connection method For OS X 10 3 select Internet Printing Protocol IPP for Printer Type In Printer Address enter the IP address for the machine 3 Leave Queue Name blank From Printer Model select GENERIC select the desired model from the list of model names and then click Add When the selected printer is registered in the Printer List the setting procedure is completed ineo 223 283 363 423 5 11 Mac OS 9 2 5 2 5 2 2 Mac OS 9 2 Installing the printer driver After being connected this machine can be used as a printer by selecting a PostScript printer and specifying the printer description PPD file First copy the printer description PPD file to the computer Insert the printer driver DVD ROM for Macintosh into the DVD ROM drive of the computer Open the folder in the DVD ROM that contains the desired printer driver 3 Select a folder according to the printer driver operating system and language to be used Select the PPD file GENERIC42BW 4UVxxx ppd and copy it to Macintosh HD System Folder Extension Pr
122. automates complicated management activities related to printer use For example you can print to a desired printer or automatically download the printer driver for a newly installed printer NDPS print servers also integrate management related to the network printers NDS The acronym for Novell Directory Services This allows the centralized man agement in a hierarchical structure of shared resources such as servers printers and users information on the network as well as the access privilege and other information related to the users NetBEUI The abbreviation for NetBIOS Extended User Interface This is a network pro tocol developed by IBM NetBEUI enables you to construct a small scale network simply by configuring computer names ineo 223 283 363 423 15 15 15 Glossary 15 5 Term Description NetBIOS The abbreviation for Network Basic Input Output System This is a commu nication interface developed by IBM NetWare A network operating system developed by Novell This uses NetWare IPX SPX for the communication protocol Nprinter A remote printer support module used when using a printer server in Net Rprinter Ware environments Rprinter is used for NetWare 3 x and Nprinter for Net Ware 4 x OHP OHT A transparent sheet used for OHP Overhead projector This is used for pres entations OS The acronym for Operating System This is base software used to control the system of a com
123. b and then press Print The contents and a preview of the document can be checked in Document Details D A document 1 i rint Settings void TOM Toner Level kl 7 Change the print conditions as necessary Job List Prane document print settings choose from the following If you are ready to print touch Start or press Start Print gt Print Details E Application Preview Suyg tePer 100 0 Page Margin 4 Sheet Cover Chapter Insert 4 stamps Composition 4 Finishing Combine Zoon Cancel i 2 01 09 2010 16 01 Toner Level Ki fM oor 8 Press Start or the Start key in the control panel 3 The document is printed 3 To stop operations press Cancel 11 12 ineo 223 283 363 423 11 3 Save in User Box 1 1 11 3 Save in User Box The Save in User Box function saves print jobs in a User Box of the machine Because the print jobs are print ed by specifying the User Box from the control panel this function can also be used for document distribu tion The Save in User Box function can be specified using the printer driver when printing and printing or distri bution can be performed from the control panel Reference e This function is available only when a Hard Disk is installed C Reference For details on the User Box functions of the machine refer to the User s Guide Box Operations
124. ber with a comma for example 2 4 6 or specify the range using a hyphen for example 6 10 Print Type Select Print or Blank and 2 Sided or 1 Sided printing for the selected con dition row Paper Tray Specify the paper tray used to print the selected condition row Staple Specify the number of staples and the stapling position for the selected condition row 9 5 8 Stamp Composition Stamp Composition ka Paper View O Detailed Information O Copy Security Settings 8 1 2x11 v 81 2x11 Date Time Settings C Page Number Settings zl Settings OD Header Footer TE Settings Printer Information Default Cancel Print 9 20 ineo 223 283 363 423 9 5 Parameter details 9 Function Name Option Description Copy Security ON OFF Specify the special pattern or password to prevent copying Click Settings to specify items to be print ed positions composition method and password Settings For details refer to page 9 21 Date Time ON OFF Select this check box to print the date and time Click Settings to specify items and pages to be printed and positions Settings For details refer to page 9 23 Page Number ON OFF Select this check box to print page number Click Set tings to specify items and pages to be printed and positions Settings For d
125. bs as ID amp Print jobs only when ID amp Print is enabled on the printer driver Among print jobs requested from a registered user Print jobs for which ID amp Print is not enabled on the printer driver are output without being processed as ID amp Print jobs e Public User Print Immediately Select this option to output the public user jobs or jobs without user authentication information without saving e Public User Save Select this option to process the public user jobs or jobs without user authentication information as ID amp Print jobs and save them in the ID amp Print User Box Reference e A public user job is printed or saved when public user printing is enabled e A user unauthorized job is printed or saved when Print without Authentication is enabled e This function can be specified only when a Hard Disk is installed 1 In the Administrator Settings screen press User Authentication Account Track 3 For details on displaying the Administrator Settings screen refer to page 12 36 2 Inthe User Authentication Account Track Screen press User Authentication Settings 3 Inthe User Authentication Settings screen press Administrative Setting E Use the menu buttons or keypad to make a selection Utility d E20 NM 2 User Registration Administrator Settings s oe 01 09 2010 16 47 Memory 100 4 nthe Administrative Settings screen press ID amp Print Settings Select item and enter settin
126. c 4 14 For network connection LPR Port9100 c ccoccconocccccccononocococononcncnnncnonnncnncnnonnnnncnn nennen nennt nnns 4 14 Settings tor the machine iri de E Grape EXE AERA Ab Eee Ra EXER Ee Ca a TEE Ten 4 14 Installing the printer driver using the Add Printer Wizard oocooniccccncnnncccccnnnnoocccnnnnnannncnnnnnnnn nono nannncos 4 14 For network connection SMB iecit be peii Udo tede uia dee ha E RI RR CUR dieses da 4 16 Settings for the machine 2 tren iater the inte Hg rama ka p ient a Ee a da ab a ER RR EAR RARE RR RE a dansa 4 16 Installing the printer driver by specifying the printer using the Add Printer Wizard 4 16 For network connection IPP IPPS cccsscccssseeeesneeeeseeeeeseeeeeseneeeeeaeeeeeaeesecaneesseaeeseseeesseeeesseneessaes 4 17 Settings for ON 4 17 Installing the printer driver using the Add Printer Wizard cccccceeeceeeeeeneeeeeeeeeeaeeeeeeeneaeeeeeeeenees 4 17 For local COMME CON E a aaa aa E E aE eE aAA Aaa AE aE Aaaa E reai aaia 4 19 Windows 2000 aana 4 20 For network connection LPR Port9100 c ccocccncoccccccconanacccoconnncnccnncnnnnncnnncnonnnnncnn nennen netten nnns 4 20 Settings for the Machine E 4 20 Installing the printer driver using the Add Printer Wizard oocooniccccccnnnoccccncnnonccccncnnnnnncnnnnnnnnncnnnannncos 4 20 For network connection SMB ccccccceseeeceseeeseseeeeeseeeeeee
127. c nc nnnnnnns 14 5 14 2 2 ico O 14 6 14 2 3 zelo 14 6 5 Appendix 15 1 Product specifications cete iercdasce a ad ett 15 3 15 2 A cet eecadns teedencedesetensepescececutwececracbasccecestaceli deessatecedeecenatacdeeccubnes 15 7 15 2 1 SS ianari raA aa awi aaea Eaa anaiai Easa Eada eaaa an Sidhani sad 15 7 15 2 2 POE leni nn aa 15 8 15 2 3 EAEn E A EATE A E A E E ET 15 9 15 2 4 GDI demo paga MR 15 10 15 3 PPD driver For Linux and applications cccccsssseeeeeeseseeeeeeessseeeeeeeessneeeeeesseneeeeeessseeneeeeeeees 15 11 15 3 1 PPD rver typ s io A a e ca eoe o Eu e E ee da 15 11 15 3 2 PPD driver forix ci ee ca opo ec aua ema Ra de ss 15 11 Registering the PPD driver for Linux nennen nnne nne 15 11 Configuring the PPD driver for Linux ccooocccnoncccnonncnnnnnnnancnnnnrnnnnnn cnn ron cnn nara r enn nennen nnne nnne 15 11 Registering the PPD driver for OpenOffice ooooocccconccononcccnooanonancnnnnnnnonnnnnncnornnn nano eene 15 11 Contents 6 ineo 223 283 363 423 15 3 3 15 4 15 4 1 15 5 16 1 16 2 Printing with OpenQOffICe ener ehe detener enu tek ep ep tke RR Re Ra eB eR Re RERe aquse ta abe A a ERE renda da 15 12 PPD driver for applications e rece e de E e decal 15 12 HOW TOs 01 S 0 PESE TREO OT IEEE DD DEL EAS 15 12 If the bit number differs between the server o
128. ce If you enter an incorrect access code for the Account Track settings on the machine or have not ena bled Account Track you will not be authenticated by the printer and the job will be discarded when printing If an incorrect password is entered the specified number of times while the Account Track setting is configured on the machine and Prohibited Functions When Authentication Error is set to Mode 2 the account will be locked and access to the machine will be blocked Even a registered account cannot print a document if the account is not allowed to print e For account track contact the administrator of the machine 11 5 4 Setting the printer driver For Windows 1 Click to display the Basic tab 2 Click Authentication Account Track Printing Preferences Exa My Tab Basic Layout Finish Cover Mode Stamp Compostion Quaity Other Favorite Setting fA Defaut Setting v Edi Original Orientation Output Method Original Size User Settings E Aatentcaion Bccork ink Paper Size EE Same as Original Size s Ben Zoom 25 400 aa pr Auto 0 P Y Collate En e c T i 1 Auto x PSEEZ T em Painter View Pinter Information osa ox _ coa hee 11 20 ineo 223 283 363 423 11 5 Printing a document on the machine for which Account Track function is enabled 1 1 3 Enter an Department Name and Password that are registered with the machine 3 The account name and password can ea
129. ch contain up to 8 characters 3 The password can also be specified in the printer driver in advance as the default value and indi vidual jobs do not require password entry User Authentication Account Track X User Authentication Accourt Track 9 Public User Department Name Recipient User Password cama hop 4 Click OK to determine the settings and start printing If the entered access code is an access code enabled on the machine the job is printed and counted as a job for the specified account Reference e If account track is not enabled on the Configure tab account track cannot be performed If you are using account track be sure to enable it in the Device Option list For details refer to page 8 5 Clicking Verify allows communication with the machine to confirm whether the entered account can be authenticated This function is available only when your computer is connected to and can commu nicate with this machine For Mac OS X 1 Display the Output Method window 2 Select the Account Track check box Output Method n 9 Paper View O Detailed Information M collate 81 2x11 v O Offset 8 1 2x11 Output Method Print KH x1 User Authentication D Ti BH Account Track ev ery Ua Detail Settings Printer Information DIDIT o Default ineo 223 283 363 423 11 21 1 1 Printing a document on the machine for which Account Track function is en
130. ched for during the installation be sure to connect this machine to the network before turning it on Insert the printer driver DVD ROM for Windows into the DVD ROM drive of the computer Click Start and then select Control Panel NO Select the printer functions from Hardware and Sound 3 In Windows Vista Server 2008 click Printers under Hardware and Sound When Control Panel is displayed in Classic View double click Printers 3 In Windows 7 Server 2008 R2 click View devices and printers under Hardware and Sound When Control Panel is displayed in an icon view double click Devices and Printers 4 On the toolbar click the additional functions of the printer 3 In Windows Vista Server 2008 click Add a printer on the toolbar 3 In Windows 7 Server 2008 R2 click Add a printer on the toolbar The Add Printer Wizard appears ineo 223 283 363 423 4 3 Windows Vista Server 2008 7 4 1 9 I 11 IN Click Add a network wireless or Bluetooth printer Connected printers are detected gt f no printer is detected turn this machine off then on again In this case turn off the printer and then wait approximately 10 seconds before turning it on again If you turn this machine on immediately after turning it off it may not function correctly Select your machine from the list and then click Next 3 To use the LPR Port9100 protocol select the printer with its IP address
131. ck ss un gt O Cm Ga Em OS X 10 4 Printer Printer Name HJ Presets Standard HJ Output Method H4 Paper View O Detailed Information V collate 8 1 2x11 v C Offset 8 1 2x11 Output Method Print Hj x1 F User Authentication Sa B e Account Track Sa Detail Settings Default C PDFy Creview C Cancel erint ineo 223 283 363 423 9 7 Common Setting 9 3 Item Name Functions Paper View Displays the sample page layout based on current settings for checking the print result image Detailed Information Displays the current settings in texts Printer Information Displays the installation option status Default Click this button to return to the default settings Cancel Click this button to disable cancel changed settings and close the proper ties window Print Click this button to enable changed settings for printing Reference e Clicking Acquire Device Information in the Printer Information window communicates with the ma chine and load the status of the installed options This function is available only when your computer is connected to and can communicate with the machine ineo 223 283 363 423 9 4 Adding a custom size 9 4 Adding a custom size To use paper of other than a standard size register a custom paper size 1 From the File menu select Page Setup 2 Open the wi
132. click the desired icon to change the menu dis Administrator Logout 2 Se Ready to Scan e Men lato a ROM Version Fatal 98 Total Duplex gt Import Export of Originals E Status Notification Setting of Used Paper gt Total Counter Notification Copy Counter Senna Total 4 Date Time Setting Large Size o Timer Setting Print Counter gt Network Error Code Display Total 0 Setting Large Size o Reset Scan Fax Counter License Settings Print Scans gt Edit FontMacro M pa 104 Large Size 0 0 Job Log Fax TX o Fax RX o Paper Size Type Counter Paper Size Paper Type Count txaz Not Specified o le 12 x 14 Not Specified o puz xi Not Specified o 6172 x8 172 Not Specified 0 laa Not Specified 0 B4 Not Specified o les Not Specified a As Not Specified lo as Not Specified o Others Not Specified lo ineo 223 283 363 423 13 11 13 Login and Logout 13 2 In List Function Display change the menu from the list box Select the desired menu in the drop down list click Display lis Administrator dg easy to Scan To Main Menu gt Meter Count Total Counter gt ROM Version gt Import Export gt Status Notification Setting Total Counter Notification Setting Date Time Setting Timer Setting Total 98 Total Duplex 0 of Originals el of Used Pape
133. creen press Security Details In the Security Details screen press Print Data Capture Press the desired button T Specify setting for selected item Job Setting Password Rules A Invalid Brehigaved cynceions entication Error y y Se ReneS ena pocument Mode 1 Restrict hen Auti Manual Destination Input Allow All Security Settings Print vata capture MENKTONEEN E 01 09 2010 16 52 Memory 100 Whether to allow or prohibit data capturing of a print job is specified 3 For details contact your technical representative ineo 223 283 363 423 12 55 12 Administrator Settings 12 4 12 4 19 Secure Print Only Specify whether the printing from the computer should be limited only to the security document Default No Giza printing is done from the printer driver the data must be transmitted using the secure printing Be cause this setting requires ID password for every print job your job is protected from intercepting by a third party e Yes Select this option to limit the printing only to the secure documents e No Select this option not to limit the printing to the secure documents Reference When you print a document on the machine with Secure Print Only set to Yes specify Secure Print Only on the printer driver so that only the Secure Print jobs are transmitted e If a normal print job is sent to the machine where Secure Print Only is set to Y
134. ct if you want to control usage for the counter management or security reasons A print job without authentication specified means a job that performed printing without enabling User Authentication or Account Track in the printer driver In Windows it means a job for which User Authen tication or Account Track is set to Disable in Configure tab Device Option in the Properties window In Macintosh OS X it means a job for which the User Authentication or Account Track check box is not selected in the Output Method window 1 In the Administrator Settings screen press User Authentication Account Track gt For details on displaying the Administrator Settings screen refer to page 12 36 2 Inthe User Authentication Account Track screen press Print without Authentication 3 Press the desired button Touch Allow to allow printing without authentication Utility Administrator Settings Se 01 09 2010 16 49 Memory 100 4 Press OK The print without authentication is specified 12 48 ineo 223 283 363 423 12 4 Administrator Settings 1 2 12 4 12 I F timeout setting Specify the time until a communication timeout occurs for each of the USB or network interface Default 60 sec 1 In the Administrator Settings screen press Printer Settings 3 For details on displaying the Administrator Settings screen refer to page 12 36 2 Inthe Printer Settings screen press the interface to specify _ Select
135. cted ap plication Application Registration is not displayed when the optional Fax Kit is installed Prefix Suffix Registers Prefix or Suffix to be added as destination information when E mailing 13 5 9 FaxSettings Le Administrator Logout 2 Sp Ready to Scan 2 Display To Main Menu Header Footer Position Line Parameter Setting Header Position Outside Body Text TX RX Settings Footer Position OFF E Function Setting PBX Connection Setting OK Cancel Report Settings Multi Line Settings Network Fax Setting Header Information Fax Print Quality Settings Item Description Header Footer Configure the setting to print the sender or receiving information Position ineo 223 283 363 423 18 27 13 Administrator mode overview 13 5 Item Description Line Parameter Setting Specify the fax line such as Dialing Method TX RX Settings Configure the paper User Box and other settings for sending or receiving data Function Setting Configure the fax settings for Memory RX or Network Fax PBX Connection Setting Specify the outside line at PBX connection Report Settings Configure the setting for a report for example Activity Report to be output when sending or receiving data Multi Line Set tings Specify the parameters and functions of the extended line e This item is displayed when a line is extended Network Fax Set ting Config
136. d password if User Authentication has been specified for the machine Selecting this check box displays the setting window Account Track Select this check box to specify the account name and password if Account Track has been specified for the machine Selecting this check box displays the setting window Detail Settings Reference Click this button to display the window for configuring the detail settings e In Output Method Secure Print Save in User Box Save in User Box and Print and ID amp Print are available only when a Hard Disk is installed C Reference For details on each print function in Output Method refer to page 11 3 9 12 ineo 223 283 363 423 9 5 Parameter details 9 Checking the Output Method detail settings Clicking Detail Settings displays the Output Method functions for which detail settings can be specified Clicking Expand AII displays the settings Selecting a function and clicking Settings displays the window for specifying the detail settings for the se lected function Detail Settings Settings Secure Print gt Save in User Box gt User Authentication gt Account Track Administrator Settings Expand All C Collapse All eo Function Name Description Secure Print This is the same window as that appears when you specify Secure Print in Output Method Save in Use
137. d window 2 Select Proof Print in Output Method Save in User Box Save in User Box and Print E ID amp Print H a a Output Method WM Paper View O Detailed Information M Collate 81 2x11 E O Offset 81 2x11 Output Method IL Y Print Secure Print Detail Settings Fant 3 Specify the desired number of copies and print One copy is printed for checking 3 In OS 9 2 the proof printing can be selected at Output Method in Finishing Options 3 screen 11 1 2 Recalling a job from the control panel Reference e For details on the functions of the keys on the control panel refer to the User s Guide Copy Opera tions 1 Press Job List on the control panel and then press Job Details Read to copy Copies Check Job ee B original Setting Original Type Application Density E Duplex Background Combine ceo i ae BL eum mis EO E gute Paper Name Status Corner Staple Top Left Separate Scan Finishing Tener rove y 01 09 2010 15 51 p E Memory 100 Language Selection The Print window appears 11 4 ineo 223 283 363 423 11 1 Proof Print 2 While Current Jobs is displayed press Release Held Job Allows you to check jobs currently running or those in queue Receive Job History No Nanc TStatus Document Name
138. d Specification in Copier Settings of User Settings on the con trol panel If Half Fold Specification is set to One Sheet at a Time paper is folded by sheet If itis set to Multiple Sheets all sheets are folded collectively for each job even if the original consists of multiple pages However if the number of original pages is greater than the number of sheets this machine can fold the setting of the Fold function is disabled automatically and sheets are not folded for printing If Half Fold is selected along with Booklet all sheets are half folded collectively even if One Sheet at a Time is specified For details refer to page 12 35 ineo 223 283 363 423 10 9 1 0 Parameter details 10 3 10 10 ineo 223 283 363 423 1 1 Function Details 11 1 Proof Print 1 1 11 Function Details This chapter describes the functions that require special attention for example when combining the printer driver and panel operation of the machine 11 1 Proof Print The Proof Print function is a feature used when printing out multiple copies It allows the printer to output one copy and pause the printing operation before printing the remaining number of copies Because this function allows confirming the printed result before outputting the remaining copies it is helpful in preventing misprint ing when producing a large number of copies The Proof Print function can be specified using the printer driver when pr
139. d to send or receive data between a Web server and a client such as a Web browser HTTP can exchange files such as images sounds and movies that are asso ciated with documents including their presentation formats and other infor mation Install To install hardware operating systems applications printer drivers or other software on to a computer IP Address An address or a code used to identify an individual network device on the In ternet IPv4 Internet Protocol version 4 a protocol widely used today adopts a 32 bit number for an IP address separated into four sections An ex ample of an IPv4 IP address is 192 168 1 10 On the other hand IPv6 Inter net Protocol version 6 the next generation protocol adopts 128 bit IP addresses An IP address is assigned to every computer or other device con nected to the Internet IPP The acronym for Internet Printing Protocol This is a protocol used to send or receive print data or control printers via the Internet or other TCP IP network IPP can also send and print data to printers in remote areas via the Internet IPX One of the protocols used for NetWare IPX runs in the network layer of the OSI reference model IPX SPX The abbreviation for Internetwork Packet Exchange Sequenced Packet Ex change This is a protocol developed by Novell Inc typically used in Net Ware environments LAN The acronym for Local Area Network This is a network co
140. de Stamp Compostion Qualty Other Favorite Setting fA Defaut Setting v Add zh Quality Adjustment El Toner Save En Edge Enhancement CHECA S Printer View __ Printer information re ineo 223 283 363 423 8 25 Parameter details 8 4 XPS driver Printing Preferences Ese _ 2 My Tab Basic Layout Finish Cover Mode Stamp Composttion Quaity Other Favorite Setting fA Default Setting Edi Pattem Print with Black Coarse X Quality Adjustment Original Type Toner Save Document El em E Edge Enhancement ex DTP 5 E co PRE Printer View _ Printer information eeu ox cos Hep Function Name Option Description Print with Black ON OFF It protects the tinted characters lines and figures from Text Text Figure All being printed lighter according to the selected condi tions Quality Adjust ment Click this button to adjust the image quality Select Simple to adjust entire documents or Detail to adjust the text photos figures tables and graphs in each original Original Type Document Photo DTP Web CAD Select any of the options to print with a quality suitable for the selected original Document Select this option to print with a quality suitable for documents with many characters Photo Select this option to print with a quality suitable for photos DTP Select this option to print with a
141. driver XPS driver and fax driver 16 Click Next 17 Follow the instructions on the pages that follow 3 Ifthe User Account Control window appears click Continue 2 If the Windows Security window for verifying the publisher appears click Install this driver soft ware anyway ineo 223 283 363 423 4 1 Windows Vista Server 2008 7 4 Click Close After finishing the installation make sure that the icon for the installed printer is displayed in the Print ers window Remove the DVD ROM from the DVD ROM drive This completes the printer driver installation 4 1 4 For local connection Making the installed printer driver known to the computer To connect this machine using the USB port in Windows Vista Server 2008 7 install the printer driver before making it known to the computer with plug and play Install the printer driver for this machine 3 Install the printer driver using the Add Printer Wizard To use the Add Printer Wizard select the USB port to be connected in the Use an existibg port page For details refer to page 4 5 2 Connect this machine to the computer using a USB cable 3 Tumonthe main power of this machine The printer driver for this machine is detected and the machine is ready to print gt Ifno printer driver is detected turn this machine off then on again In this case turn off this machine and then wait approximately 10 seconds before turning it on again If yo
142. e 8 20 ineo 223 283 363 423 8 4 Parameter details Editing overlay The window to be displayed by clicking Edit varies depending on the overlay selection Print Host Image or Print Device Image When Print Host Image is selected You can specify the overlay printing conditions When the overlay data does not appear in the list read it by specifying the file Function Name Edit Print In Overlay Es Select Overlay File Fom KFO Delete Change 2nd Page and Later File information All Pages Overlay Name File Name Form1 KFO Folder CNUsersNUser Documents Original Sae 81 201 Original Orientation Portrait Color Color 4 7 Overiay Print Setting Pages Overwrite All Pages Back OK J Cancel Defaut J Hee Description Browse Files Click this button to load the overlay file Delete Click this button to delete the selected overlay Change 2nd Page and Lat er Select this check box to change the overlay files of the 2nd and subse quent pages File Information Displays the information of the selected overlay Pages Specify the pages to be printed Overwrite Specify the sequence for printing the overlay on top of the original ineo 223 283 363 423 8 21 Parameter details 8 4 When Print Device Image is selected You can specify the overlay printing conditions by specifying the overlay registered in t
143. e The functions of the printer driver configured in the Print window are saved by selecting Save As in Pre sets These settings can be used by selecting them in Presets Printer Printer Name E fa Presets Y Standard Last Used Settings Copies Page Save As Paper Size inches Orientation T TextEdit wy Print header and footer 4 1 4 1of1 gt PDFvw Cancel Print Reference e The Per Page Setting list is not saved with the preset C Reference For details on the function and settings of the printer driver refer to page 9 10 ineo 223 283 363 423 9 3 Common Setting E 9 9 3 Common Setting The following describes the common settings that are displayed when you specify in the Print window the functions unique to the machine Output Method Layout Finish Paper Tray Output Tray Cover Mode Transparency Interleave Per Page Setting Stamp Composition and Quality OS X 10 5 10 6 Printer Printer Name m E Presets Standard H4 Copies fi f Collated Pages 9 All QFrom 1 to 1 Paper Size 8 1 2x11 E 8 50 by 11 00 inches Orientation me Ta i Output Method El M collate O Offset Paper View OO Detailed Information 81 2x11 Y 81 2x11 GD dea Cor Output Method Print m x1 O User Authentication Eh Account Tra
144. e Select this option to print the original on top of an over lay data of the machine Clicking Edit allows you to specify the overlay data and conditions registered in this machine Edit For details refer to page 8 21 Copy Security ON OFF Copy Pro Specify the special pattern or password to prevent tect Repeatable copying Click Edit to specify items to be printed Stamp Copy positions composition method and password Guard Password Copy If you select Password Copy the Edit screen ap pears where you can specify a password Edit For details refer to page 8 23 Date Time ON OFF Select this check box to print the date and time Click Edit to specify items and pages to be printed and positions Page Number ON OFF Select this check box to print page number Click Ed it to specify items and pages to be printed and posi tions Edit For details refer to page 8 24 Header Footer Machine Setting 1 to Ma Select this check box to print the header and footer chine Setting 20 Select the header footer from the list specified in the main unit Clicking Edit allows you to specify items and pages to be printed Edit Obtain Device Informa Select this option to communicate with the machine to tion read the header settings configured on the machine Distribution Control When printing multiple copies this function prints the Number numbe
145. e Administrator Settings screen press System Settings 3 For details on displaying the Administrator Settings screen refer to page 12 36 In the System Settings screen press User Box Settings In the User Box Settings screen press Delete Secure Print Documents Use the menu buttons or keypad to make a selection Administrator Settings gt System Settings gt User Box Settings 1 Delete Unused User Box y 6 Document Hold Setting Y El Administrator Settings Auto Delete Secure Document 8 Allow Restrict User Box 4 El system Settings J Encrypted PDF Delete Tine 9 agp E Z Ea ID amp Print Delete Time Seting Delete Time 01 09 2010 16 45 Memory 100 To delete the secure print documents press Yes Press OK fre you sure you want to delete all secure print documents ro J A User Box Settings B 01 09 2010 16 45 Memory 100 12 40 ineo 223 283 363 423 12 4 Administrator Settings 1 2 12 4 4 Auto Delete Secure Document Specify the length of time for deleting a secure document after it is saved Default 1 day Reference o This function can be specified only when a Hard Disk is installed 1 In the Administrator Settings screen press System Settings 3 For details on displaying the Administrator Settings screen refer to page 12 36 2 inthe System Settings screen press User Box Settings 3 Inthe User Box Settings screen press A
146. e ma chine and the printer driver Reference If different values are used for the encryption passphrase for the machine and the printer driver the ma chine cannot decrypt the encrypted user password account password or secure document password and printing cannot be performed e The common encryption key is automatically generated by the Encryption Passphrase The common encryption key cannot be specified directly 11 8 4 Settings for the machine Go to Administrator Settings to configure the settings for the machine 1 In the Administrator Settings screen press Security Settings 2 Inthe Security Settings screen press Driver Password Encryption Setting 3 Press User Defined 3 If you do not specify a user defined Encryption Passphrase press Use Factory Default Tg change the encryption passphrase of the pr ect T i hen ser Specified and Set the enc Administrator settings gt Security Settings gt Driver Password Encryption Setting Use Factory Default Utility Administrator Settings y a M EIE rem a Settings 01 09 2010 16 20 Cancel Memory 1007 4 Press Encryption Passphrase ineo 223 283 363 423 11 38 11 Specifying the encryption passphrase by the user 11 8 5 6 7 Press Encryption Passphrase and then enter the encryption passphrase A Use the keyboard or keypad to enter the new encryption Ssep
147. e of warning Starting up Data Management Utility Flash Player is required to use the Data Management Utility manage Copy Protect Data Manage Stamp Data aManage Font Macro 1 1 Can only run on Windows Internet Explorer and Flash Player Version 9 and above environments To log in as a different user or as an administrator log out once 13 6 ineo 223 283 363 423 13 2 Login and Logout 13 y Log in again Web Connection Language OS Language OS Language v Login Public User amp Registered User Administrator View Mode Flash C HTML User Assist Iv Display dialog box in case of warning Starting up Data Management Utility fS Manage Copy Protect Data Manage Stamp Data xXaManage Font Macro 1 above environments Flash Player is required to use the Data Management Utility User Name Password Flash Player is necessary to see in Flash form asian 1 Can only run on Windows Internet Explorer and Flash Player Version 9 and 13 2 2 Logout Click Logout or To Login Screen at the upper right of the window A logout confirmation page appears Click OK to return to the login page Reference e The login page that appears differs depending on whether Authentication is enabled in this machine e When logged in as a public user To Login Screen appears When logged in as a registered user or an administrator Logout appears
148. ecified in Assign Account to Acquire Device Info enter the same value in Enter Password to acquire Device Information of the printer driver For details refer to page 8 5 1 In the Administrator Settings screen press Printer Settings 3 For details on displaying the Administrator Settings screen refer to page 12 36 ineo 223 283 363 423 12 51 12 Administrator Settings 12 4 2 Press Assign Account to Acquire Device Info __ select item and enter setting A strator Settings gt Printer Settings di primes rears es PSWC Direct Print ME Acquire Device Info 60 sec eo ses Yes i i ves 3 No 01 09 2010 16 49 Memory 100 3 Press the desired button 3 To specify a password select Yes E You can designate if you wish to use a password protected account for the acquisition f device information from the print driver _ gt Printer Settings gt ire Device Information 01 09 2010 16 50 Memory 100 4 When specifying a password continuously press Password 5 Enterthe password and then press OK 3 The password is specified E Use the keyboard or keypad to type in the password or TR Passuord id ES E EB EB EB EB E3 EB EB EB E3 ES BS ES EB K3 EB E3 ES E39 E3 ES EJ a EB ES EB E39 EB E93 ES ES a B EB E39 EB EB ES 3 gaat m ey WA 1 a E 01 09 2010 16 50 Memory 100 a Jm CEN 12 52 ineo 223
149. ect whether to print on the front cover sheet Off Tray 1 to Tray 4 Select the paper tray for the front cover sheet LCT Bypass Tray Selectable items vary depending on the option installa tion status Back Cover ON OFF Select this check box to attach a back cover page It can be specified when any other option than Auto is selected for Paper Tray Off Print Blank Select whether to print on the back cover sheet Off Tray 1 to Tray 4 Select the paper tray for the back cover sheet LCT Bypass Tray Selectable items vary depending on the option installa tion status 9 18 ineo 223 283 363 423 9 5 Parameter details Function Name Option Description Transparency In ON OFF Select this check box to insert interleaves when printing terleave transparencies It can be specified when Transparency is selected for Paper Type Off Blank It is specified so that the transparency interleave is out put in blank this setting cannot be changed Off Tray 1 to Tray 4 LCT 9 5 7 Per Page Setting The print type and paper tray can be specified for each page This function is convenient if you want to change the paper tray while printing multiple pages The settings can be registered in the list and used as necessary Select the paper tray for the transparency interleaves Selectable items vary depending on the option installa tion status Per Page Setting led Paper View O Detailed Informati
150. eeesseeessieeesieee eene enne nnne nter nnn nn nennt rennen 8 8 8 3 Common Setting see secs m 8 9 8 4 Parameter detalla 8 11 8 4 1 MY Tabs E 8 11 Edit My lab i cc neccet ne aora ag aimee ciao 8 12 8 4 2 sir 8 13 8 4 3 ea wlikroe M N 8 15 8 4 4 giai O RES 8 16 8 4 5 Cover Mode tab tritt ire ip bene pe De ire tata 8 17 8 4 6 Stamp Gomposition tab vcs steed i eo lcd 8 18 Editing Watermark coccion tail ceevtvaen Ea aaia DEE 8 20 EqitinG Overlay a eie iaa 8 21 Editing the copy Security ec Le e o Coe e ine ict e e eee dat e au ade 8 23 Editing date time and page number sssssssssssssssssseee nennen enne nennen rennen nnne 8 24 8 4 7 Quality tab iei eet t ii Re eue EET EL laa Eg eap ree gea 8 25 8 4 8 Other taD m E 8 27 Funct 9 1 Print operations enin cit 9 3 9 2 Default settings of the printer driver cc sseccssseeeeeeeeeseeeeeeeeeneeneeeeeeseneeeeeceeseeeaeeeeneeeeaeeseeseeenees 9 5 9 2 1 Option setting Sse itn rette p Petre dada 9 5 9 2 2 Registering the default settings ccceecescceeeeeeeeceeeeeeeeneeeeeeeeaaeeeeeeesaaaeeeeeesaaeaeeeseeeaeeeeeeseeeeeeeeeesaeees 9 6 9 3 tnubDnEJuE
151. eeseseeneeseasesesceeseseneesceeseseeasessneneseeenesoes 4 22 Settings for the rnachire ierit tete tried 4 22 Installing the printer driver using the Add Printer Wizard ooooonnccccccnnncccccnnononccccnnnnanoncnnnnnannncnnnannnnco 4 22 For network connection IPP IPPS s iernii diadani aaien n cnn cnn ran nn cnn a rnnnnnn 4 23 Sl A ripe ti prb na ee bak Ig Rara ER edP n eaa eaaa aaa aaeain aeiaai 4 23 Installing the printer driver using the Add Printer Wizard ooooniccccncnnccccccnnononccccnnnnannncnnnnnnnnncnnnannnnnos 4 23 For local COMEN ihe tei di 4 25 5 1 1 lnstalling the printer driver uio ae act oe RC e C dei laa 5 8 5 1 2 Selecting and connecting a printer OS X 10 4 10 5 10 6 oooccococonocccccocononcccnonnnnnanccnnnnnnnrncnnnnannnnncnnnos 5 4 Configuring the Bonjour settirigs eren rnit ahi bea i Re e Enna kr a a Rada goes 5 4 Configuring the AppleTalk settings eeeseseeeeeeeeennenennenennnenn eren nnne nre nnne 5 5 Configuring the EPR settirigs 1 n rnnt tnter inna pa ddudveshapabarensdeacbuscenusstiasbeslendacoteass 5 6 Configuring the IPP settings trt ento reu R RE REFER RR A RE na Aa ARR RR ERR LA RR e EDGE RA phu 5 7 5 1 3 Selecting and connecting a printer OS X 10 2 10 3 0oooccccccccnnocccccnncononnncnononnnnncnnnnnnnnnccnnnnnnnnncnnnnnnns 5 8 Configuring the Rendezvous settings nennen nnne nnne nennen nenne 5 8 Configuring the AppleTal
152. efault paper size setting Default Varies depending on the area 1 In the User Settings screen press Printer Settings 3 For details on displaying the User Settings screen refer to page 12 3 2 Press Paper Setting 3 Select Paper Size 4 Press the desired button Job List Select item and enter setting Utility gt Printer Settings gt Paper Setting Paper Tray 7 Auto l Pape 8x11 2 Sided Print OFF Binding Position Left Bind Staple OFF 142 E 01 09 2010 16 32 Memory 100 gt When selecting other paper size press 1 or to switch the page Utility User Settings Printer Settings Paper Setting 5 Press OK Specify the paper size to be used when it is not specified from the printer driver as ace ED om 01 09 2010 16 34 Memory 100 ineo 223 283 363 423 12 15 12 User settings 12 2 12 2 12 2 Sided Print Configure the default 2 sided printing setting Default OFF 1 In the User Settings screen press Printer Settings 3 For details on displaying the User Settings screen refer to page 12 3 2 Press Paper Setting 3 Press 2 Sided Print elect item and enter setting 3 Utility gt Printer Settings gt Paper Setting Paper Tray Auto Paper Size 1 2 Sided Print OFF Binding Position Left Bind Staple OFF P i 4 01 09 2010 16 32 Memory 1007 4 Press the desired button
153. ency interleave 9 78 CR LF mapping 72 25 Custom page sizes 70 6 Custom size 8 73 9 9 Customizing 73 79 D Date 8 79 9 21 Date time 8 24 9 23 Default operation selection 72 47 Default settings 8 5 9 5 70 4 Deleting secure print documents 72 40 Device option 8 5 Direct printing 73 78 Driver password encryption setting 72 57 E Edge enhancement 8 26 9 25 Encryption passphrase 8 6 9 74 11 33 Error message 74 6 Ethernet 2 8 F Fax driver 3 5 Fax settings 73 27 Finish tab 8 76 Finishing options 70 8 Flow of printing 2 4 Folding 8 76 9 76 10 8 Font settings 72 27 Font size 72 23 Front cover 8 77 9 78 10 8 G GDI demo page 75 70 General settings 70 7 Glossary 75 74 Gray background text correction 72 73 H Header footer 8 79 9 27 9 24 l ID amp print deletion time 72 42 ID amp print operation settings 72 46 ID amp print settings 72 45 ID amp print settings for deletion after printing 72 43 Image shift 8 76 9 76 Installing 5 3 Interfaces 2 8 Interleaving OHP transparencies 8 78 9 79 10 8 IPP 4 7 4 77 4 23 5 7 5 11 IPPS 3 6 4 7 4 17 4 23 L Layout 70 7 Layout tab 8 75 ineo 223 283 363 423 16 3 16 Index by item 16 1 Layout finishing 9 75 Line width adjustment 72 72 Line page 72 24 Linux 75 77 Local connection 2 70 4 77 4 79 4 25 Logging in 73 5 73 8 Logging out 73 5 73 7 LPD 5 6 5 70 5 13 LPR 3 6 4 3 4 14 4 20 5 6 5 10 5
154. er Level ll Memory pm 5 Checkthe displayed PIN code To start data reception enter the PIN code using a Mobile Phone or PDA Hane Status PIN Code 0001 Check Print Settings Job Details 1 09 2010 16 19 Cancel Toner Level Ki Memory 99 6 Select this machine in the cellular phone or PDA 3 Select the data you want to send if it is selectable ineo 223 283 363 423 11 81 1 1 Printing from a cellular phone or PDA 11 7 Enter the 4 digit PIN code into the cellular phone or PDA 3 You can check the print setting in Check Print Settings Once the PIN code is verified connection is established and data transmission and printing start C Reference You can configure print settings from the cellular phone or PDA in User Setting Cellular Phone PDA Set ting Print For details refer to page 12 33 11 82 ineo 223 283 363 423 11 8 Specifying the encryption passphrase by the user 1 1 11 8 Specifying the encryption passphrase by the user The machine and the printer driver communicate with each other by encrypting a user password account password or secure document password using a common encryption key Although an encryption passphrase for generating the common encryption key is preset as a default setting it can also be generated with a user defined encryption passphrase To specify a user defined encryption passphrase specify the same encryption passphrase both for th
155. er and change an address Subject Allows you to register or change up to 10 subjects when sending E mails Text 13 4 6 Customize Allows you to register or change up to 10 body messages when sending E mails This function enables you to specify the initial screen after logging in LINE o The following settings will be saved in Cookie If Cookie is deleted the default screen will become the Device Information screen amp userO1 Logout Change Password 2 Se Ready to Scan Sp Ready to Print e To Main Menu Initial Screen after login Main Menu C Information C Job C Box Registered Box Number 1 999999999 Direct Print C Store Address C Customize Cancel Item Description Option Enables you to configure the settings displayed in the initial page after logging in to this machine ineo 223 283 363 423 18 19 13 Administrator mode overview 13 5 13 5 Administrator mode overview Logging in to the administrator mode enables you to use the following functions Reference e For details on the administrator mode refer to the User s Guide Network Administrator e The administrator modes are classified into two display modes Tab Function Display and List Func tion Display This manual shows an example where List Function Display is set as the display mode For details refer to page 13 11
156. er can be used by Public User 3 The password can also be specified in the printer driver in advance as the default value and indi vidual jobs do not require password entry User Authentication Account Track Es User Authentication Account Track Public User Department Name Q9 Recipient User amp User Name ed Password 3 When user authentication is performed with the Authentication Manager you must enter the user information specified by the server administrator The windows and input items that appear vary ac cording to the settings For details contact your server administrator 4 Glick OK to determine the settings and start printing If the entered user name is a name enabled on the machine the job is printed and counted as a job for the specified user Reference e If user authentication is not enabled in the Configure tab user authentication will not be performed If you are using the user authentication be sure to enable it in the Device Option list For details refer to page 8 5 e It is necessary to configure server settings when user authentication is performed with the server Click Server Setting and then select a server e Clicking Verify allows communication with this machine to confirm whether the entered user can be authenticated This function is available only when your computer is connected to and can communi cate with this machine e When authentication is performed wit
157. eration Selection 72 47 Print PS Errors 72 26 Delete Secure Print Documents 72 40 Print Reports 72 28 Demo Page 12 28 Print without Authentication 72 48 Detail Settings 9 72 Print XPS Errors 72 50 Driver Password Encryption Setting 77 33 12 57 Print Fax Output Setting 72 38 Printer Settings 72 5 12 49 E Printer View 8 70 Edit My Tab 8 12 Properties 8 3 Editing watermark 8 20 PS Font List 72 28 F PS Setting 72 26 Font Settings 72 27 PECI TAR Font Size 72 23 Q Quality Adjustment 8 26 9 25 Gray Background Text Correction 72 73 O Save Custom Size 8 7 ID amp Print Delete after Print Setting 72 43 ee ae ID amp Print Delete Time 12 42 POEPIE Hd d ID amp Print Operation Settings 72 46 RIP OP Pe ated Sounds ed ID amp Print Settings 12 45 Spool Print Jobs in HDD before RIP 72 8 ID amp Print User Box 71 27 Staple 12178 Image Shift Settings 8 76 D Rd L Line Width Adjustment 72 72 TIEF Image Paper Setting 7249 Line Page 72 24 To Login Screen 73 7 16 6 ineo 223 283 363 423 16 2 Index by button 1 6 U Uninstall 7 5 USB Timeout 72 49 User Authentication 9 72 User Box 77 8 11 26 User Settings 8 74 72 3 Utility Counter 72 3 Verify XPS Digital Signature 72 27 Web Connection Direct Print 72 57 X XPS Settings 72 27 ineo 223 283 363 423 16 7 1 6 Index by button 16 2 16 8 ineo 223 283 363 423
158. es the print job is de leted e The Secure Print function is available only when a Hard Disk is installed If a Hard Disk is not installed select No C Reference For details on secure printing refer to page 11 6 1 In the Administrator Settings screen press Security Settings 3 For details on displaying the Administrator Settings screen refer to page 12 36 2 Inthe Security Settings screen press Security Details 3 Switch the page by pressing 1 or and then press Secure Print Only 4 Press the desired button Specify setting for selected item Job Setting Utility Job Hist Thumbnail Bispiay Administrator Settings Security Settings 01 09 2010 16 52 Memory 100 Whether the printing should be limited to security documents is specified 12 56 ineo 223 283 363 423 12 4 Administrator Settings 1 2 12 4 20 Driver Password Encryption Setting For the common encryption key to be added to print jobs specify whether to use the factory default setting or to change to a user defined encryption passphrase Default Use Factory Default User Defined Specify an encryption passphrase Enter an encryption passphrase of 20 characters Use Factory Default Select this option to use the encryption passphrase lt a preset encryption key common key that is not exposed gt preset at shipping Reference An encryption passphrase must be specified using 20 characters
159. es and Printers window Reference e If the printer driver is not correctly installed the driver must be updated using Update Driver For details refer to page 4 13 e In Windows Vista Server 2008 you can continue the task and specify the printer driver installation disk to install the printer driver if it is not installed in advance When the Found New Hardware window ap pears follow the displayed messages to perform the procedure For details refer to Steps 11 through 20 in the succeeding section e In Windows 7 Server 2008 R2 you cannot specify the installation disk after the machine is connected to the computer Install the printer driver in advance Step 1 ineo 223 283 363 423 4 9 Windows Vista Server 2008 7 4 1 Installing the printer driver by specifying the IP address using the Add Printer Wizard In Windows Vista Server 2008 you can add a Web service device using the addition function of the printer after connecting this machine Reference e In Windows 7 Server 2008 R2 a window for specifying an installation disk does not appear after the machine is connected to the computer Install the printer driver in advance and connect the driver as described in Making the printer driver known from the Network window v X Installing the driver to Windows Vista Server 2008 based computers requires the administrator author ity Turn on the power of the machine while it is connected to the network Since the pr
160. etails refer to page 9 23 Header Footer ON OFF Select this check box to print the header and footer Select the header footer from the list specified in the main unit Click Settings to specify items and pages to be printed Settings For details refer to page 9 24 Editing the copy security Copy Security Copy Security Copy Protect Print item Detail Settings M Characters Invalid copy El Date Time 1 2 Serial Number Distribution Control Number 1 Job Number O Save Settings Default Cancel o 3 Function Name Description Copy Security Select a function to prevent unauthorized copying Copy Protect Composes the specified text in the background before printing data Copy Protect text is not highly visible when printing but the text is highlighted when a document is copied illegally Repeatable Stamp Composes the specified text before printing data This stamp is distinguishable even during printing Copy Guard Composes Copy Guard patterns before printing data If a document is copied illegally on the machine that supports this function the composed pattern is scanned and the copying process is cancelled Password Copy Composes Password Copy patterns before printing da ta If a document is copied illegally on the machine that supports this func tion the composed pattern is scanned and you are prompted to enter the
161. ettings 3 For details on displaying the User Settings screen refer to page 12 3 2 Press Basic Settings 3 Switch the page by pressing 1 or and then press Banner Sheet Setting Job List E Select item and enter setting Utility gt Printer Settings gt Basic Settings Banner Sheet Setting OFF Binding Direction Adjustment Finishing Priority Line Width Adjustment Thin exe Garreceion ON 01 09 2010 16 31 Memory 100 4 Press the desired button Job List Select job setting Utility gt Printer Settings gt Basic Settings Job Setting OFF Binding Direction Adjustment Finishing Priority Line Width Adjustment Thin Ear Fent Barreceion ON 01 09 2010 16 32 Memory 100 12 10 ineo 223 283 363 423 12 2 User settings 12 12 2 7 Binding Direction Adjustment Specify the method for paper arrangement adjusting the binding position for 2 sided printing Default Fin ishing Priority To increase the print efficiency specify Productivity Priority If the desired binding position and width cannot be achieved specify Finishing Priority 4 Finishing Priority All pages can be processed to an optimum condition because the machine adjusts the binding positions after receiving the print data Productivity Priority Printing is performed efficiently because the printer processes data while receiv ing or printing concurrently Control Adjustments
162. etwork icon The Ethernet setting window appears 3 For OS X 10 5 10 6 select Ethernet and then click Advanced 3 For OS X 10 4 select Built in Ethernet and then click Configure 4 Click the TCP IP tab 3 Configure the settings including the IP address and subnet mask according to the settings of the net work to which the Macintosh computer is connected 6 Click the close button at the top left corner of the window 3 When the This service has unsaved changes message appears click Apply Adding a printer In the Apple Menu select System Preferences A a Click the Print amp Fax icon dv Us Click on the Print amp Fax window Printer Browser appears 4 Click IP or IP Printer o In Protocol select Internet Printing Protocol IPP In Address enter the IP address for the machine In Queue enter ipp The printer driver corresponding to this machine being identified with its IP address is automatically se lected 3 After the printer driver is selected go to Step 8 gt f an incorrect printer driver is selected go to Step 7 ineo 223 283 363 423 5 7 Mac OS X 10 2 10 3 10 4 10 5 10 6 5 1 Select the desired printer driver manually 3 When OS X 10 6 is used select Select printer software from Print Using and then select the printer driver of the desired model name from the list that is displayed in another window 3 When OS
163. eu eta paupe peat h aeia Naaa RR AER RE XA YR EXE A EMEN RAER aiian Installing the printer driver by searching for the printer using the Add Printer Wizard 4 3 Installing the printer driver by creating a printer port 4 5 4 1 2 For network connection IPP IPPS sess nnne nennen nnne nnns 4 7 Settings for tlie riachlrie irae ii tot tanien andea Renee ek a Re SERE descartando E LEE A aee S H3 A ERR asp ka eases 4 7 Installing the printer driver using the Add Printer Wizard seeseee 4 7 4 1 3 For network connection Web service print ooooonccnncnnnninnccnnccnncnnccnnncnnnnn nono n cnn conca 4 8 ineo 223 283 363 423 Contents 1 4 2 4 2 1 4 2 2 4 2 3 4 2 4 4 3 4 3 1 4 3 2 4 3 3 le orte trt rt eite pe Una eds kr eek ae ceu Rn ko Rge nen apa Re Y Ea Deka auae dag 4 8 Making the printer driver known from the Network window esses 4 9 Installing the printer driver by specifying the IP address using the Add Printer Wizard 4 10 For local CONME CON aisses 4 11 Making the installed printer driver known to the computer ccceeeeeeneeeeeeeeeneeeeeesecteeeeeeeeeeaeees 4 11 Installing the printer driver when connecting the machine sseeeee 4 12 Updating the driver after connecting this machine 4 13 Windows XP Server 2008 eerie r
164. ew 4 Configure the following items Paper Size Margins Width 0 Top o Height 0 Left o Right o Width offset 0 Bottom 0 Height offset 0 Custom Page Size Name Custom Page Size 1 Function Name Description Paper Size Specify the desired paper size Margins Specify the paper margins Custom Page Size Name Enter the registered name for the specified paper size or margins and then click OK Units Select the unit to specify the margins 10 6 ineo 223 283 363 423 10 3 Parameter details 10 5 Click OK This saves the custom page settings which can be selected from the Paper drop down list in Page Attributes 10 3 3 General From the File menu select Print Function Name 873 Printer Printer Name Destination General J copies 1 M Collated Pages amp All Paper Source amp All pages from Auto Select J Q First page from Tray gez Remaining from Tray Save Settings Description Copies Specify the number of copies to be printed Collated Select this check box to collate pages sequentially when printing multiple sets of copies Pages Specify the page range to print Paper Source Select the paper tray and paper type to be used 10 3 4 Layout Combination Specify this item to print multiple pages on one page
165. f the Overlay function is available only when a Hard Disk is installed e The function of Obtain Device Information is available only when your computer is connected to and can communicate with the machine To use Obtain Device Information in Administrator Settings of this machine set System Connection OpenAPI Settings Authentication to OFF For details refer to page 12 53 8 22 ineo 223 283 363 423 8 4 Parameter details Editing the copy security Function Name Edit Copy Security es Copy Securty j za a Print kem Detail Settings Y Characters Serial Number bred copy i Distribution Control Number Date Time 7 Job Number Obtain Device information Defaut 0 Gee 2 Description Copy Security Select a function to prevent unauthorized copying Copy Protect Composes the specified text in the background before printing data Copy Protect text is not highly visible when printing but the text is highlighted when a document is copied illegally Repeatable Stamp Composes the specified text before printing data This stamp is distinguishable even during printing Copy Guard Composes Copy Guard patterns before printing data If a document is copied illegally on the machine that supports this function the composed pattern is scanned and the copying process is cancelled Password Copy Composes Password Copy patterns before printing da ta If
166. fication Settings ok Cancel gt Address Reference Setting gt Restrict User Access gt Copy Security gt Auto Logout Administrator Password Setting Item Description PKI Settings Register device certificates and configure the SSL protocol or external certificate settings e Protocol Setting is displayed only when a Hard Disk is installed Certificate Verifi Specify the items to validate a certificate cation Settings Address Refer When giving destination access permission specify a reference allowed group ence Setting name or access allowed level Restrict User Ac Specify the function to restrict user operations cess Copy Security Specify whether to use the copy guard or password copy function Auto Logout Specify the time to automatically log out the administrator or user mode 13 22 ineo 223 283 363 423 13 5 Administrator mode overview 13 13 5 4 Item Description Administrator Password Set ting Specify the password to log in to the administrator mode Administrator Password Setting is not displayed when e The SSL certificate is not installed e Enhanced Security Mode is enabled e Mode using SSL TLS is set to None in Security PKI Settings SSL Setting even though a device certificate is already registered User authentication Account track User Auth Account Track v I Display General Settings General Settings E Administrator E Logout j 2 Se
167. fy the target user of the total counter by E mail and reg Notification Set ister the E mail address of the destination ting Date Time Set Specify the date and time displayed in this machine ting Timer Setting Configure Power Save or Weekly Timer Setting in this machine 13 20 ineo 223 283 363 423 13 5 Administrator mode overview 1 3 Item Description Network Error Specify whether to display the network error code Code Display Setting Reset Clears all settings for the network controller and destinations License Settings Allows you to issue a license and enable functions Also a request code can be is sued Edit Font Macro Adds font or macro Job Log Allows you to create and download log data of the jobs that were executed in this machine Note e The following functions are available only when a Hard Disk is installed ex License Settings Edit Font Macro This item is displayed but cannot be specified Job Log 13 5 2 System Settings Reference To use this machine as a scanner with the application software under TWAIN install the dedicated driv er software GENERIC TWAIN For details refer to the TWAIN driver manual in the DVD supplied to gether with this machine Se Administrator E Logout 2 c Ready to Scan M x 2 System Settings Y Display To Main Menu Machine Setting Machine Setting Register Support Information Device Location
168. g ministrator Settings gt User Auth Settings gt Administrative Settings User Name List OFF i 7 Z utility Default Function Permission Administrator ID a Print Settings Settings ID amp Print Settings Us Ruthentication Account Track Default Operation Selection Begin Printing User Auth Settings 01 09 2010 16 48 Memory 100 ineo 223 283 363 423 12 45 1 2 Administrator Settings 12 4 5 Specify ID amp Print and Public User Specify ID amp Print settings Administrator Settings gt Administrative Settings gt ID amp Print Settings ID amp Print Public User User Auth Settings 01 09 2010 16 48 Memory 100 6 Press OK 12 4 9 ID amp Print Operation Settings Specify the printing method when using the ID amp Print function on an optional Authentication Unit Default Print All Jobs e Print All Jobs Select this option to print all the documents authenticated at one setting when multiple documents are saved in the ID amp Print User Box e Print Each Job Select this option to print a document for each authentication when multiple docu ments are saved in the ID amp Print User Box Reference The ID amp Print Operation Settings appears on the screen only when an optional Authentication Unit is installed This function can be specified only when a Hard Disk is installed 1 In the Administrator Settings screen press User
169. g Preferences My Tab Basic Layout Finish Cover Mode Stamp Composition Quaity Other Favorite Setting fR Default Setting Ed 7 Combination Print Type mn 2 01 E Sided Binding Position Auto Rotate 180 Binding Margin EH o Skip Blank Pages e arg E Ya SDE Printer View Printer Information _ Defaut Conca Hee Function Name Option Description Combination 2 in 1 4 in 1 6 in 1 9 in Select any of the options to print multiple pages of the 1 16in1 2x2 3x3 4 original on to one sheet or print information on one x4 page of the original on to several sheets In Combina tion Details specify the page order and use of the border frame Combination De Combination Select the combination condition tels Layout Order Specify the layout order It can be specified when N in 1 is specified for Combination Border Specify the presence and type of border lines It can be specified when N in 1 is specified for Combination Overlap width line Specify the presence of overlap width line It can be specified when N x N is specified for Combination Rotate 180 ON OFF Select this check box to rotate the document 180 to print Skip Blank Pag ON OFF Select this check box to not print any blank pages es Chapters ON OFF Select this check box to specify the page to be printed on the front side It can be specified when Print Type is 2 Sided or Booklet Entry Specify the pages to be
170. g a sheet of original onto multiple sheets of paper are available only for the PCL driver The Skip Blank Pages function is available for the PCL XPS drivers e The positions of binding margins vary according to the Binding Position setting 8 4 4 Finish tab Printing Preferences es f My Tab Basic Layout Finish Cover Mode Stamp Compostion Quaity Other Favorite Setting fA Default Setting Ed Staple Output Tray ft Cor Default X O Center Staple and Fold Punch H Paper Arrangement Fold Prioritize Arranging Papers y g e E t E ds S E Printer View _ Printer Information wea cma Hep Function Name Option Description Staple ON OFF Left Cor Select this check box to specify stapling ner Right Corner 2 Posi From the drop down list specify the number of staples tion Left 2 Position and the stapling position Right 2 Position Top Center Staple ON OFF Select this check box to specify center staple and fold and Fold Punch ON OFF 2 Hole Left 2 Select this check box to specify hole punching Hole Right 2 Hole From the drop down list specify the number of punch Topy 3 Hole Left 3 es and the punching position Hole Right 3 Hole Top 4 Hole Left 4 Hole Right 4 Hole Top Fold ON OFF Half Fold Select this check box to specify folding From the drop down list specify the folding condition 8 16 ineo 223 283 363 423 8 4 Para
171. ge Password 2 6 Web Connection Lr Ready to Scan Ef Ready to Print 57 7 DA reine Device Location gt Option Engine Serial Number 11 Uem THEBIS Device Type Print Copy Scan F ax Meter Count Toner Black 100 9 Online Assistance EEE Change User Password Function Permission Information Network Setting Information Print Setting Information Paper Tray Print Information Select Tray Paper Size Paper Type Paper Status e Bypass 8 1 2 x 11 LEF Plain Paper Empty Tray 1 8 1 2 x 11 LEF Plain Paper Ready Tray 2 8 1 2 x 11 LEF Plain Paper Ready C Tray 3 8 1 2 x 11 LEF Plain Paper Ready Tray 4 Jg 1 2 x 11 LEF Plain Paper Ready 10 Detail Output Tray Tray 1 Tray 2 Saddle Tray Tray 3 Administrator Information Administrator Name admin Extension No Admin E mail Address admin test local No Item Description 1 Login user name Displays the current login mode icon and user name public admin istrator User Box administrator registered user or account Click the user name to display the login user name 2 Status display Displays the status of the printer and scanner sections of this ma chine with icons and messages Clicking the desired icon when an error occurs displays the information Consumable Info Paper Tray or user registration page associated with the icon to enable you to check the status Message display Displays the operating status of this machine To Login Screen Log Cl
172. ges 9 All OFrom 1 to 1 Setting Paper Size 8 1 2x11 18 8 50 by 11 00 inches items Orientation Te gt Printer TextEdit 10 options f Print header and footer MX 4 1lof1 PDF v Cancel Print Switch the setting window as necessary to change the printer driver settings 3 When you change the pop up menu of the print options another setting window of the printer driver appears allowing you to configure various functions For details refer to page 9 10 3 The printer driver settings changed in the Print window are not saved and the original settings are restored when you exit the application Click Print Printing is executed and the data indicator of the machine flashes 3 When Secure Print Only is selected in Installable Options the Secure Print window appears Go to Step 6 ineo 223 283 363 423 9 3 Print operations 9 1 6 Enterthe Secure Print ID and Password of the document and then click OK Data is sent and saved in the Secure Document User Box of this machine Ange BATUR La ih PS Secure Print ID a Password O Save Settings Cac C Reference For details on Installable Options refer to page 9 5 For details on Secure Print refer to page 11 6 ineo 223 283 363 423 9 2 Default settings of the printer driver 9 9 2 Default settings of the printer driver When you have installed the printer dri
173. ges A ias 13 14 13 4 Overview Of the user MOE coommcoccccnonnnocncnnnnnnnne nenes 13 16 13 4 1 larium I IEEE 13 16 13 4 2 JOD 2 sili ete 13 17 13 4 3 WISER BOX 4d Sree die ade e ra tt m oe eoa de i do at stes 13 17 13 4 4 Direct Prius dee caved ssa eres td aa aa 13 18 13 4 5 Address Registration aces De dupla vet Pra excep bana ek ERR adu PUR ad 13 19 13 4 6 CUSTOMIZE EE 13 19 13 5 Administrator mode overview e eeeeeeeeeeeee eese aaaea tananana ea Nanasi asan ideio atana dindani annnm 13 20 13 5 1 Maintenance E E ASAE E ra Eis e i eeu 13 20 13 5 2 System SOTLINGS Bi si ME 13 21 13 5 3 Ri MR ME n 13 22 13 5 4 User authentication Acco nt track 5 3 oce D Hp p E UE c EE a RU RE reed 13 23 13 5 5 No sc ER 13 24 13 5 6 User Box ti tee e e xe eee mca cute uix 13 25 13 5 7 Printer SAiNT peter rc 13 26 13 5 8 Address R gistration rere AAA eU a eR Fade deka v Ra ndn 13 27 13 5 9 FAX Setting Sira ini aatar ere daban dE dll de ANE aaan aaia a Naaa da iaie 13 27 13 5 10 Setting f r each purpose n te eee er eee HER eH nen E E a ai 13 28 Troubleshooting 14 1 A ieee 14 3 14 2 Cannot configure the settings Cannot print according to the settings 14 5 14 2 1 The printer driver settings have no effect ccoccccnnicccinnnnnoncccnnnonnnnconnnnnnnnccnnnnnnncnnncnnnnn cnn nnnann n
174. gin Printing Select this option to print an ID 4 print job simultaneously with authentication This op tion is convenient when there are many ID amp print users However when using the copy or scan function on the control panel select Print amp Access or Access before authentication e Print amp Access Select this option to print an ID amp print job simultaneously with authentication and log in to the basic page When using only the ID amp print function select Begin Printing before authentica tion Access Click this option to log in to the basic page ID amp print jobs are not executed This option is convenient when there are few ID amp print users When using only the ID amp Print function select Begin Printing before authentication Reference e This function can be specified only when a Hard Disk is installed 1 In the Administrator Settings screen press User Authentication Account Track 3 For details on displaying the Administrator Settings screen refer to page 12 36 2 Inthe User Authentication Account Track screen press User Authentication Settings 3 Inthe User Authentication Settings screen press Administrative Setting F Use the menu buttons or keypad to make a selection E 2532 A ministrator Settings gt User Auth Account Track gt User Auth Settings Utility MEC LENS Administrator Settings tser comer 01 09 2010 16 47 Memory 100 4 Inthe Administrative Setting screen
175. gt Ifthe menu is not available click Print The Print window appears Check that the desired printer name is selected in Printer gt Ifthe target printer is not selected select it gt Ifthe printer does not appear select the printer from Chooser For details refer to page 5 12 3 The Print window varies depending on the application software 3 The printer name can be changed if necessary The following window shows an example where the printer name is changed to Printer Name 873 Printer Printer Name Destination General copies 1 4 Collated Pages amp All Paper Source amp All pages from Auto Select J O First page from Tray o Remaining from Tray1 Specify the print range and the number of copies to print Switch the setting window as necessary to change the printer driver settings 3 When you change the menu of General another setting window of the printer driver appears al lowing you to configure various functions For details refer to page 10 6 gt The printer driver settings changed in the Print window are not saved and the original settings are restored when you exit the application Click Print Printing is executed and the data indicator of the machine flashes ineo 223 283 363 423 10 3 10 Default settings of the printer driver 10 2 10 2 Default settings of the printer driver When you have instal
176. h the Authentication Manager in the Administrator Settings of this machine set System Connection OpenAPI Settings Authentication to OFF For details re fer to page 12 53 11 18 ineo 223 283 363 423 11 4 Printing a document on the machine for which user authentication is specified 1 1 For Mac OSX 1 Display the Output Method window 2 Select the User Authentication check box Output Method Fo Paper View O Detailed Information F collate 81 2x11 v O Offset 8 1 2x11 Output Method Print ie x1 O User Authentication E O Account Track er Y x ey di Detail Settings Printer Information o Defaut 3 Select Recipient User and then enter a User Name and Password that are registered with the ma chine 3 The user name and password can each contain up to 64 characters gt f Public User Access access is allowed on the printer the printer can be used by Public User User Authentication O Public User e Recipient User User Name User01 Password User Authentication Server Setting C Save Settings Default Cancel 3 f o 3 3 Selecting the Save Settings check box saves the settings In addition if the Do not show this win dow when setting check box is selected the dialog box does not appear when the function is spec ified 3 When user authentication is performed with the Authenticati
177. hapters is selected Staple ON OFF Select this check box to specify stapling From the drop down list specify the number of staples and the stapling position Punch ON OFF Select this check box to specify hole punching From the drop down list specify the number of punch es Fold amp Staple OFF Center Staple and Fold Half Fold Specify the fold and staple Paper Arrange ment Prioritize Arranging Pa pers Prioritize Produc tivity Specify the method for paper arrangement adjusting the binding position for 2 sided printing When Priori tize Arranging Papers is selected the paper arrange ment process is performed after receiving all data When Prioritize Productivity is selected the paper ar rangement process is performed while receiving and printing data Reference The Staple function is available only if the optional Finisher FS 527 or Finisher FS 529 is installed The Punch function is available only when the Punch Kit is installed on the optional Finisher FS 527 The Fold amp Staple function is available only when the Saddle Stitcher is installed on the optional Fin isher FS 527 If multiple pages are printed while Half Fold is specified for the Fold amp Staple function the finishing unit varies depending on the setting of Half Fold Specification in Copier Settings of User Settings on the control panel If Half Fold Specification is set to O
178. he machine Function Name Edit Print In Overlay Lo Desay Ko Obtain Device Information Front Side Back Side Overlay Name overl overt Original Size 81 21 81 21 Original Orientation Portrait Portrait Color Black Black Resolution 600dpi 600dpi Date 2009 9 12 2009 9 12 Y Print on Front Side V Print on Back Side Overlay Name over erl Browse Densty 100 20 100 Overte Overlay Brightness a Same as Front Side Pages All Pages E A Description Obtain Device Information Select this option to communicate with the machine to read the overlay settings configured on the machine Overlay Info Displays the information of the selected overlay Print on Front Side Print on Back Side Select the check box to specify whether printing is done or not for each of the front side back side Overlay Name Select the overlay name registered in the machine Browse Click this button to display the detailed information of the selected over lay Density Select the overlay printing density Overwrite Specify the sequence for printing the overlay on top of the original Same as Front Side Clear this check box to specify the same value for both the front and back sides Pages Reference Specify the pages to be printed e Print Device Image of the Overlay function is available only for the PCL driver e Print Device Image o
179. hen Printers and Faxes When Control Panel is displayed in Classic View double click Printers 3 In Windows 2000 click Start and then select Settings Printers y y Right click the icon of the installed printer and click Printing Preferences The Printing Preferences dialog box of the printer appears Change the settings of the function and then click OK to exit the function The changed settings are applied when the printer is used by all of the application software C Reference For details on the function and settings of the printer driver refer to page 8 1 f The printer driver has the function to save the setting as a Favorite Setting For details refer to page 8 9 ineo 223 283 363 423 8 3 Common Setting 8 3 Common Setting This section describes the settings and buttons common to tabs Printing Preferences 29 My Tab Basic Layout Fish Cover Mode Stamp Compostion Quaity Other Favorite Setting 2 Defaut Setting v Edi Original Orientation Output Method he Bore Original Size Term I Ji Paper Size A Same as Original Size Copies 1 1 9999 Zoom 25 400 ad 0 P Glo Y Collate za ae A E A Auto x S E eem fee Sangster Each Tay Printer View Prnterinfomation Cora Ok _ Cancel Help Item Name Functions OK Click this button to enable changed settings and close the properties win dow C
180. hen you cannot configure settings of the printer driver or cannot print according to the settings you have configured Reference Some items for the printer driver may not be configured simultaneously The printer driver settings have no effect Problem Cannot select items in the print er driver Possible Cause Some functions cannot be com bined Remedy Grayed out items cannot be con figured A conflict message saying unable to configure or func tion will be canceled appears You are trying to configure the functions that cannot be com bined Check carefully the functions you have specified and then specify the functions that can be com bined Cannot print according to the settings you have configured The settings may not be config ured correctly The selected functions can be combined in the printer driver but may not be combined in this machine Check the setting of each item of the printer driver The paper size or paper orienta tion specified in the application may take precedence over the settings in the printer driver when printing Configure settings in the applica tion correctly The watermark cannot be print ed The watermark settings may not be configured correctly Check the watermark settings The density of the watermark may be too light Check the density setting Some graphic applications do not print watermarks When u
181. henthe You have no printers available window appears click Add When the Printer List ap pears click Ada gt f available printers have already been specified the You have no printers available window does not appear Select Rendezvous for the connection method Connected printers are detected gt f no printer is detected turn this machine off then on again In this case turn off this machine and then wait approximately 10 seconds before turning it on again If you turn the printer on immediately after turning it off it may not function correctly From the Name list select the desired model name The printer driver corresponding to the selected printer name is automatically selected 3 To check the printer name select Network Settings Bonjour Setting in Administrator Settings of this machine In the default setting the contents enclosed in parentheses suffixed in Bonjour Name correspond to the low order three bytes of the MAC address The following window shows an example where the printer name is changed to Printer Name Bonjour 3 After the printer driver is selected go to Step 6 3 f an incorrect printer driver is selected go to Step 5 5 Select the desired printer driver manually 3 From Printer Model select GENERIC and then select the desired model from the list of model names 5 8 ineo 223 283 363 423 5 1 Mac OS X 10 2 10 3 10 4 10 5 10 6 5 e Click Add When the selected prin
182. hine was changed from Use Fac tory Default to User Defined enter the same encryption passphrase as for the machine An encryption key is automatically created for the entered text and used for communication with the machine Enhanced Server Reference Set this item to On when the external server authentication is used e In Encryption Passphrase enter the encryption passphrase that matches the one that configured in Driver Password Encryption Setting of the machine C Reference For details on allowing the user to specify Encryption Passphrase refer to page 11 33 ineo 223 283 363 423 9 5 Parameter details 9 5 4 Layout Finish The Layout window and the Finish window can be switched Function Name f Layout Finish FA O Detailed Information 81 2x11 mm El Y Side 8 1 2x11 Binding Position Left Bind E Poster Mode off 3 N widt ine 1 x O Rotate 180 Es Image Shift 2 1 Printer Information Default Layout Finish les Paper View f Layout Finish O Detailed Information r1 e 81 2x11 O Staple v Oft 8 1 2x11 O Punch Off Fold amp Staple off Hd Paper Arrangement f riti 1 x1 Prioritize Arranging Papers Es e fta Printer Information Default Option Description Print Type 1 Sided 2 Sided Specify 2 Sided Print or Booklet printing Booklet Binding Posi Left Bind
183. hrase rou must enter the eneryption passphrase to confirm Press C to erase the encryption ic SSPhr ase Administrator Settings gt Driver Password Encryption Settings gt Encryption Passphrase l FOKKO Encryption Pass Phrase Confirmation B D KW EAN eee cancel ok 01 09 2010 16 28 Memory 100 3 Enter the Encryption Passphrase with 20 alphanumeric letters Specify the same Encryption Pass phrase for the machine and the printer driver 3 Anencryption passphrase using a series of the same letters for example 1111 is invalid Press Encryption Passphrase Confirmation and then enter the encryption passphrase again Press OK he keyboard or keypad to enter the neu encryption hrase vou must enter Che encryption passphrase neg gontirm Press C1 to erase the en n crypt iol strator Settings gt Driver Passuord Encryption gs gt Encryption Passphrase Bassehrase EKKO RRR 01 09 2010 16 28 Memory 100 This sets the encryption passphrase 11 34 ineo 223 283 363 423 11 8 Specifying the encryption passphrase by the user 11 11 8 2 Setting the printer driver The following four printer drivers support this feature GENERIC PCL Printer Driver for Windows PCL driver e GENERIC PostScript Printer Driver for Windows PS driver e GENERIC XPS Printer Driver for Windows XPS driver e GENERIC PostScript PPD Printer Dr
184. ice Pack 1 or later Windows Server 2003 Standard Edition Service Pack 1 or later Windows Server 2003 Enterprise Edition Service Pack 1 or later Windows Server 2003 R2 Standard Edition Windows Server 2003 R2 Enterprise Edition Windows XP Professional x64 Edition Windows Server 2003 Standard x64 Edition Windows Server 2003 Enterprise x64 Edition Windows Server 2003 R2 Standard x64 Edition Windows Server 2003 R2 Enterprise x64 Edition Windows Vista Business Windows Vista Enterprise Windows Vista Home Basic Windows Vista Home Premium Windows Vista Ultimate Windows Server 2008 Standard Windows Server 2008 Enterprise Windows Server 2008 R2 Standard Windows Server 2008 R2 Enterprise Windows 7 Home Basic e Windows 7 Home Premium Windows 7 Professional Windows 7 Enterprise Windows 7 Ultimate Supports 32 bit x86 64 bit x64 environment PostScript driver PostScript 3 Windows 2000 Professional Service Pack 4 or later PS driver Emulation Windows 2000 Server Service Pack 3 or later Windows XP Home Edition Service Pack 1 or later Windows XP Professional Service Pack 1 or later Windows Server 2003 Standard Edition Service Pack 1 or later Windows Server 2003 Enterprise Edition Service Pack 1 or later Windows Server 2003 R2 Standard Edition Windows Server 2003 R2 Enterprise Edition Windows XP Professional x64 Edition Windows Server 2003 Standard x64 Edition Windows Server 2003 Enterprise x64 Edition Windows Ser
185. ick Install this driver soft ware anyway Click Close After finishing the installation make sure that the icon for the installed printer is displayed in the Device and Printer window Remove the DVD ROM from the DVD ROM drive This completes the printer driver updating Reference In Windows Vista Server 2008 Update Driver is also available In Windows Vista Server 2008 you can specify Update Driver by opening Properties for this machine that is listed in Other Devices under Device Manager To select Device Manager right click Computer and then click Properties Select it in the Tasks pane that appears ineo 223 283 363 423 4 13 4 Windows XP Server 2003 4 2 4 2 Windows XP Server 2003 4 2 1 For network connection LPR Port9100 To use LPR Port9100 printing specify the port while installing the printer driver Settings for the machine To use Port9100 or LPR printing you must configure the network settings for the machine in advance Items to be configured Description IP address In TCP IP Settings of the machine specify the IP address RAW port number To use Port9100 printing In TCP IP Settings for the machine enable the RAW port number initial setting 9100 LPD Setting To use LPR printing In LPD Setting for the machine enable LPD printing C Reference For details on the network settings for the machine refer to the User s Guide Network Administra
186. ick this button to log out the current mode and log in again When out logged in as a public user To Login Screen appears When logged in as a registered user or an administrator Logout appears 5 Change Password Click this button to jump to the user password change page This button appears only in the user mode page in which you logged in as a registered user 13 14 ineo 223 283 363 423 13 3 Structure of pages 13 No Item Description 6 Help You can display the online help for the currently configured function For the specified pages refer to Online Assistance in page 13 21 Refresh Click this icon to refresh the information displayed in the page 8 Icon Select the category of the item to be displayed The following icons are displayed in the user mode e Information Job e User Box e Direct Print e Store Address e Customize 9 Menu Displays information and setting for the selected icon The menu that appears in this area varies depending on which icon was selected 10 Information and settings Displays the details of the item selected in the menu ineo 223 283 363 423 13 15 13 Overview of the user mode 13 4 13 4 Overview of the user mode After logging in to Web Connection in the user mode the following functions can be specified 13 4 1 Information EQ Reference You ca
187. igital signatures 72 27 Viewing information 73 76 Watermark 8 78 8 20 Web browser 73 4 Web Connection 73 3 Web Connection direct printing 72 57 Web service 3 6 4 8 Windows 2 7 7 3 Windows 2000 3 7 4 20 Windows Server 2003 3 7 4 14 Windows Server 2008 3 6 4 3 Windows Vista 3 6 4 3 Windows XP 3 7 4 14 XPS driver 3 5 8 3 Zoom 8 13 ineo 223 283 363 423 16 5 16 Index by button 16 2 16 2 Index by button Nun S Login 77 26 73 9 2 Sided Print 72 76 Logout 73 7 A4 A3LTR LGR Auto Switch 72 9 Mobile PDA 77 37 Account Track 9 72 N Adaa printer 42 Network Timeout 72 49 Administrator Settings 72 36 Number of Copies 72 6 Assign Account to Acquire Device Info 72 57 Auth Unit 77 26 U Authentication 72 53 Obtain Device Information 8 6 8 79 8 22 8 23 Authentication Account Track 8 74 77 20 OpenAPI Settings 72 53 Auto Delete Secure Document 72 47 Original Direction 72 7 B Output Tray Settings 72 39 Banner Paper Tray 72 20 P Banner Sheet Setting 72 70 Paper Setting 72 74 Basic Settings 72 5 Paper Size 72 75 Binding Direction Adjustment 72 77 Paper Tray 72 74 Binding Margin Settings 8 76 Paper Tray Information 8 5 Binding Position 72 77 Paper View 8 70 PCL Font List 72 28 N PCL Settings 72 27 Cellular Phone PDA Settings 72 54 PDL Setting 72 5 Combination Details 8 75 Preferences 8 3 Configuration Page 72 28 Print 8 3 9 3 10 3 CR LF Mapping 72 23 Print amp Login 77 26 D Print Data Capture 72 55 Default Op
188. il Settings Printer Information al Default Cancel Print Function Name Option Description Collate ON OFF Select this check box to collate pages sequentially when printing multiple sets of copies Offset ON OFF Select this check box to stagger each set when printing multiple sets of copies ineo 223 283 363 423 9 11 Parameter details 9 5 Function Name Option Description Output Method Print Select this option to print immediately Secure Print Select this option to save the document to be printed in Secure Document User Box of the machine When printing entering the ID and password is required from the control panel of the machine Select this option when printing highly confidential documents Save in User Box Select this option to save the document to be printed in a User Box of the machine Save in User Box and Print Select this option to save the document in a User Box and print at the same time Proof Print After one copy of the document is printed the machine stops printing temporarily Select this option to avoid misprinting a large volume of print jobs ID amp Print Select this option to save the document to be printed in ID amp Print User Box of the machine When printing user authentication must be performed via the control panel of the machine User Authentica tion Select this check box to specify the user name an
189. ils Preview Application SefeckPr 100 0 Page Margin 4 Sheet Coyer Chapter Insert 4 stamps 2 Composition 7 Finishing Combine Zoon 01 09 2010 16 05 Toner Level Ki MA 6 0 6 Press Start or the Start key in the control panel The document is printed 3 To stop operations press Cancel 11 16 ineo 223 283 363 423 11 4 Printing a document on the machine for which user authentication is specified 1 1 11 4 Printing a document on the machine for which user authentica tion is specified When User Authentication is specified on the machine a user name and password must be entered when printing The following four printer drivers support this feature e GENERIC PCL Printer Driver for Windows PCL driver e GENERIC PostScript Printer Driver for Windows PS driver e GENERIC XPS Printer Driver for Windows XPS driver e GENERIC PostScript PPD Printer Driver for Mac OS X Reference e If you enter an incorrect user name or password for the User Authentication settings of this machine or have not enabled User Authentication you will not be authenticated by this machine and the job will be discarded when printing e If an incorrect password is entered the specified number of times while User Authentication settings are configured on the machine and Prohibited Functions When Authentication Error is set to Mode 2 the user may be locked and access
190. in Ver 9 0 or later required to use the Data Management Utility font macro data management 13 1 2 Accessing Web Connection v Start the Web browser to access Web Connection v If User Authentication is enabled enter the user name and password For details refer to page 13 9 v X For details on setting the IP address of this machine refer to User s Guide Network Administrator v Web Connection has two view modes Flash and HTML For details refer to page 13 8 1 Start the Web browser N Enter the IP address of the machine in the URL field and then press Enter http lt IP address of the machine gt Example When the IP address of this machine is 192 168 1 20 e http 192 168 1 20 When IPv6 is set to ON while a browser other than Internet Explorer 6 is used e Enter the IPv6 address enclosed in brackets to access Web Connection http IPv6 address of this machine Example When the IPv6 address of this machine is fe80 220 6bff fe10 2f16 e http fe80 220 6bff fe10 2f16 e If IPv6 is set to ON while Internet Explorer is used add fe80 220 6bff fe10 2f IPv6 MFP 1 to the hosts file in advance and specify the address with the domain name The main menu or login page appears ineo 223 283 363 423 18 3 13 Using Web Connection 13 1 13 1 3 Web browser cache The Web browser has the cache function therefore the latest information may not be shown in the page dis played using Web C
191. indows Vista Server 2008 7 PCL driver PS driver XPS driver Follow the instructions on the pages that follow to complete the installation ineo 223 283 363 423 6 3 NetWare 6 1 ineo 223 283 363 423 Uninstalling the Printer Driver 7 1 Windows EE 7 Uninstalling the Printer Driver This chapter describes the procedure for uninstalling the printer driver 7 1 Windows When you have to remove the printer driver for example when reinstallation of the printer driver is necessary remove the driver using the following procedure 1 2 m Open the Printers Devices and Printers or Printers and Faxes window Select the icon for the printer to be removed Remove the printer driver 3 In Windows 2000 XP Server 2003 Vista Server 2008 press the Delete key on the computer key board 3 In Windows 7 Server 2008 R2 click Remove device on the toolbar From then on follow the instructions on the pages that follow When the removal process completes the icon disappears from Printers Devices and Printers or Printers and Faxes window In Windows 2000 XP Server 2003 Vista Server 2008 7 go on to remove the printer driver from the serv er properties Open Server Properties 3 In Windows Vista Server 2008 right click on the area that has nothing displayed in the Printers window click Run as administrator Server Properties 3 In Windows 7 Server 2008 R2 select other prin
192. ing C Reference For details on the network settings for the machine refer to the User s Guide Network Administrator Installing the printer driver using the Add Printer Wizard v Installing the driver to Windows 2000 based computers requires the administrator authority Insert the printer driver DVD ROM for Windows into the DVD ROM drive of the computer Click Start and then select Settings Printers Double click Add Printer Add Printer Wizard appears Follow the instructions on the pages that follow On the window for specifying how the printer is attached select Local printer and then click Next gt 3 Clear the Automatically detect and install my Plug and Play printer check box The page for Select the Printer Port appears Click Create a new port and then select Standard TCP IP Port as the type of port Click Next Add Standard TCP IP Printer Port Wizard starts Click Next In the Printer Name or IP Address box enter the IP address for the machine and then click Next gt 3 Ifthe Additional Port Information Required dialog box appears go to Step 10 3 If the Finish page appears go to Step 13 Select Custom and then click Settings Change the settings according to the port and then click OK 3 For LPR connection select LPR and then enter Print in the Queue Name box 3 You must discriminate between upper and lower case letters when en
193. ing can be registered in advance on User Settings of the Basic tab To use the same ID and password whenever you print register them in advance So that the screen to prompt entering the ID and password does not appear when you select Se cure Print For Mac OS X 1 Display the Output Method window 2 Select Secure Print in Output Method Output Method B Paper View O Detailed Information F collate 81 2x11 v O Offset Output Method Y Print Secure Print Save in User Box Save in User Box and Print Proof Print Eh ID amp Print HA Za 4 Printer Information Pine ineo 223 283 363 423 11 Secure Print 11 2 11 2 2 4 Enter the Secure Print ID and Password Secure Print Fe Secure Print ID Fox a Password O Save Settings Default Cancel t o 3 3 Selecting the Save Settings check box saves the settings In addition if the Do not show this win dow when setting check box is selected the dialog box does not appear when the function is spec ified 3 When Password Rules is enabled on the machine the passwords that can be used for secure printing are limited If a password that does not comply with the password rules is entered the job is deleted For details on the Password Rules refer to the User s Guide Copy Operations Print the document Recalling a job from the control panel The Secure Pri
194. ing may not be sup ported by the printer controller Check the specified printer name The network or USB cable may be disconnected Check that the cable is correctly connected An error may have occurred on this machine Check the control panel of this machine Unprocessed jobs may remain on this machine and be waiting to be processed Check the processing order for the job using Job List on the con trol panel of this machine When Skip Job Operation Set tings is enabled in the Adminis trator Settings of this machine only the jobs without a problem are processed When executing the print job Save in User Box may have been specified Check from the control panel of the machine whether the intend ed print job is held in a User Box When executing the print job Secure Print Only may have been specified Check from the control panel of the machine whether the intend ed print job is held in the Secure Print User Box Secure Print Only may be specified on the machine Use Secure Print when execut ing the print job When the account track is ena bled you may have entered an unregistered account track code or password Enter the correct account track code and password ineo 223 283 363 423 14 3 14 Cannot print 14 1 Problem Possible Cause Remedy When the user authentication is enabled you may have entered an unregistered u
195. ings according to the port and then click OK 3 For LPR connection select LPR and then enter Print in the Queue Name box 3 You must discriminate between upper and lower case letters when entering it gt For Port9100 select Raw and then enter a RAW port number initial setting 9100 in the Port Number box Click Next gt Click Finish Add Printer Wizard appears Click Have Disk Click Browse Select a desired printer driver folder in the DVD ROM and then click Open 3 Select a folder according to the printer driver operating system and language to be used Selectable printer drivers PCL driver PS driver and fax driver Click OK The Printers list appears Click Next Follow the instructions on the pages that follow 3 Touse a network connection perform a test print after the network settings have been configured Click Finish 3 Ifthe Windows logo testing or Digital Signature window appears click Continue Anyway or Yes After finishing the installation make sure that the icon for the installed printer is displayed in the Printers and Faxes window Remove the DVD ROM from the DVD ROM drive This completes the printer driver installation ineo 223 283 363 423 4 15 Windows XP Server 2003 4 2 4 2 2 For network connection SMB To use SMB printing specify the port by specifying the printer while installing the printer driver The p
196. inter Descriptions on the computer This completes the printer driver installation Selecting and connecting a printer In OS 9 the printer can be connected using AppleTalk or LPR LPD Configure the network settings for the machine and then select the printer Configuring the AppleTalk settings Configuring the AppleTalk Settings for the machine Enable AppleTalk in AppleTalk Settings and then enter the printer name C Reference For details on the AppleTalk Settings for the machine refer to the User s Guide Network Administrator Configuring the AppleTalk settings for the computer Configure the AppleTalk settings for the Macintosh computer connected to the printer In the Apple Menu select Control Panels AppleTalk From Connect via select Ethernet Click the close button at the top left corner of the window 3 When the Save changes to the current configuration message appears click Save Selecting a printer In the Apple Menu menu select Chooser Z Make sure that AppleTalk is set to Active and then click the LaserWriter icon From the Select a PostScript Printer list click the desired model name and then click Create The window for selecting a PostScript printer description PPD file appears 3 Tocheckthe printer name select Network Settings AppleTalk Setting in Administrator Settings of this machine In the default setting the contents enclosed in parentheses f
197. inter View Printer information teen Carcel Heb Function Name Option Description Excel Job Con ON OFF When multiple Microsoft Excel sheets with different trol page settings are printed at one time the sheets may be separated into single sheet jobs depending on the data contained Select this check box to minimize such job separation Remove White ON OFF When an overlay file is printed on top of Microsoft Pow Background erPoint data white areas are removed so that the white background of the PowerPoint data does not hide the overlay file Clear this check box to print the original data as is without removing the background Thin Line Sup ON OFF When printing with reduced size thin lines may become port blurred Select this check box to prevent the thin lines from becoming blurred About Click this button to display the printer driver version in formation Reference e The Remove White Background function is available for the PCL XPS drivers e The Thin Line Support function is available only for the PCL driver e The Excel Job Control and Remove White Background settings are not available in Windows XP Pro fessional x64 Windows Vista x64 Windows 7 x64 Windows Server 2003 x64 Windows Server 2008 x64 or Windows Server 2008 R2 e You can change the Excel Job Control setting only when the printer driver setting dialog is displayed from the Printers Devices and Printers in Windows 7 Server 2008 R2 and
198. inter can be connected with Bonjour LPR LPD or IPP In OS X 10 4 10 5 the printer can also be connected using AppleTalk After configuring the network setting for the machine selecting this machine as the printer to be used in the Print amp Fax window enables printing Configuring the Bonjour settings Configuring the Bonjour Setting for the machine Enable Bonjour in Bonjour Setting for the machine and then enter the Bonjour name C Reference For details on the Bonjour Setting for the machine refer to the User s Guide Network Administrator Adding a printer In the Apple Menu select System Preferences Click the Print amp Fax icon Click on the Print amp Fax window 4 Click Default Connected printers are detected 3 f no printer is detected turn this machine off then on again In this case turn off this machine and then wait approximately 10 seconds before turning it on again If you turn the printer on immediately after turning it off it may not function correctly From the Printer Name list select the desired Bonjour connected model name The printer driver corresponding to the selected printer name is automatically selected 3 To check the printer name select Network Settings Bonjour Setting in Administrator Settings of this machine In the default setting the contents enclosed in parentheses suffixed in Bonjour Name correspond to the low order three bytes of the
199. inter is searched for during the installation be sure to connect the machine to the network 2 Touse the Web service print check that Network discovery is enabled in Network and Sharing Cent er on the computer Insert the printer driver DVD ROM for Windows into the DVD ROM drive of the computer 4 Click Start and then select Control Panel Click Printers under Hardware and Sound The Printers window appears 3 When Control Panel is displayed in Classic View double click Printers O Click Add a printer on the toolbar The Add Printer Wizard appears Click Add a local printer The page for Choose a printer port appears Click Create a new port and then select the port type 3 Select Standard TCP IP Port 9 Click Next Select Web Services Device enter the IP address and click Next A printer of the entered IP address that is compatible with the Web service print function is located and then the Found New Hardware dialog box appears 11 Click Locate and install driver software recommended 2 l a dialog box to confirm whether to search online appears click Don t search online Click Browse my computer for driver software advanced 14 Click Browse 15 Select a desired printer driver folder in the DVD ROM and then click Open 3 Select a folder according to the printer driver operating system and language to be used Selectable printer drivers PCL driver PS
200. inting and printing of the remaining number of copies can be performed from the control panel 11 1 4 Setting the printer driver The following five printer drivers support this feature e GENERIC PCL Printer Driver for Windows PCL driver GENERIC PostScript Printer Driver for Windows PS driver GENERIC XPS Printer Driver for Windows XPS driver GENERIC PostScript PPD Printer Driver for Mac OS X GENERIC PostScript PPD Printer Driver for Mac OS 9 2 Perform printing with the following settings specified e Output Method Proof Copy e Number of Copies Multiple sets For Windows 1 Click to display the Basic tab 2 Select Proof Copy in Output Method Printing Preferences E f My Tab Basic Layout Finish Cover Mode Stamp Compostion Quality Other Favorite Setting fA Default Setting v Eat Original Orientation Output Method Portrait EA al Landscape Ew Pint Original Size Es Print 81 211 Y Paper Size Same as Original Size EN Save in User Box Zoom 25 400 a ias S Save in User Box Pr Auto 1 p BH LA E Fiera ES ite A E a Auto O El P EZ Paper Type El TE Pon Paper Paper Satin for Each Ty Printer View _ Printer Information Ok Cancel Help 3 Specify the desired number of copies and print One copy is printed for checking ineo 223 283 363 423 11 3 1 1 Proof Print 11 1 For Mac OS X 1 Display the Output Metho
201. ion Select item and enter setting Utility gt Printer Settings gt TIFF Image Paper Setting Paper Selection Auto Paper Select Job List 01 09 2010 16 39 Memory 100 4 Press the desired button Select job setting Utility gt Printer Settings gt TIFF Image Paper Setting Job Setting Auto Paper Select Priority Paper Size 01 09 2010 16 39 Memory 100 12 30 ineo 223 283 363 423 12 2 User settings 12 12 2 26 Link File Error Notification This function enables you to specify processing to be performed if the machine cannot access a link file when attempting to print an XHTML file from a cellular phone or PDA Default ON e ON Prints a link file part in a black frame OFF Does not print a link file part Reference e Cellular Phone PDA Setting is displayed when the optional Local Interface Kit EK 605 is installed while Bluetooth Setting is enabled in this machine and Cellular Phone PDA Setting is enabled in Ad ministrator Settings For details refer to page 12 54 1 In the User Settings screen press Cellular Phone PDA Setting 2 For details on displaying the User Settings screen refer to page 12 3 3 Cellular Phone PDA Setting is displayed in the 2 2 screen Press Forward to switch the screen Job List Use the menu buttons or keypad to make a selection ility gt User Settings Utility 1 Cellular Phone PDA Setting 01 09 2
202. ion e Web browser function Image panel PDF Processing Function Searchable PDF My panel and My address functions 1 1 2 User s Guide This User s Guide is intended for users ranging from those using this machine for the first time to administra tors It describes basic operations functions that enable more convenient operations maintenance procedures simple troubleshooting operations and various setting methods of this machine Note that basic technical knowledge about the product is required to enable users to perform maintenance work or troubleshooting operations Limit your maintenance and troubleshooting operations to the areas ex plained in this manual Should you experience any problems please contact our service representative 1 4 ineo 223 283 363 423 1 2 Conventions used in this manual 1 1 2 Conventions used in this manual 1 2 1 Symbols used in this manual Symbols are used in this manual to express various types of information The following describes each symbol related to correct and safe usage of this machine To use this machine safely A WARNING e This symbol indicates that a failure to heed the instructions may lead to death or serious injury N CAUTION e This symbol indicates that negligence of the instructions may lead to mishandling that may cause injury or property damage NOTICE This symbol indicates a risk that may result in damage to this machine or documents Follow the i
203. ion account track Specify the status of each item in the Setting box Paper Tray Information Displays the paper type assigned for each paper tray Click Paper Tray Settings to configure the settings for each paper tray ineo 223 283 363 423 8 5 Default settings of the printer driver 8 2 Item Name Functions Obtain Device Informa tion Click this button to communicate with this machine and load the status of the installed options Obtain Settings Click this button to configure conditions such as the destination when you perform Obtain Device Information When automatically acquiring device information enable Auto If necessary you can select Enter Password to acquire Device Information and specify a password for authentication to acquire device information This then per forms password authentication when acquiring device information Encryption Passphrase Any string used to encrypt communication with this machine If the encryption passphrase for the machine was changed from Use Factory Default to User Defined enter the same encryption passphrase as for the machine An encryption key is automatically created for the entered text and used for communication with the machine Software Tools Allows you to start up the software tools such as Web Connection Reference The machine type and option in Device Option are specified automatically if Obtain Settings
204. ive This completes the printer driver installation Once the settings for the printer have been configured you can use the printer in the same way as a general local printer For network connection Web service print In Windows Vista Server 2008 7 printers supporting the Web service print function on the network can be located and installed C Reference To install a different printer driver in the computer where one has already been installed you must uninstall the whole package of the currently installed printer driver For details refer to page 7 3 Settings for the machine To use the Web service print you must configure the network settings for the machine in advance Items to be configured Description IP address In TCP IP Settings of the machine specify the IP address Web Service Settings In Web Service Settings for the machine enable the print function RA Reference For details on the network settings for the machine refer to the User s Guide Network Administrator ineo 223 283 363 423 4 1 Windows Vista Server 2008 7 4 Making the printer driver known from the Network window To use Web service print in Windows Vista Server 2008 7 install the printer driver before making it known to the computer with plug and play v Installing the driver to Windows Vista Server 2008 7 based computers requires the administrator au thority Install the printer driver for this machine 3 Install
205. iver PS driver and fax driver Click OK The Printer list appears Click Next gt Follow the instructions on the pages that follow 4 22 ineo 223 283 363 423 4 3 Windows 2000 4 4 3 3 Click Finish 3 If the Digital Signature window appears click Yes After finishing the installation make sure that the icon for the installed printer is displayed in the Print ers window Remove the DVD ROM from the DVD ROM drive This completes the printer driver installation For network connection IPP IPPS For IPP printing configure the network settings before installing the printer driver Settings for the machine To use IPP printing you must configure the network settings for the machine in advance Items to be configured Description IP address In TCP IP Settings of the machine specify the IP address IPP Setting In IPP Settings for the machine enable IPP printing C Reference For details on the network settings for the machine refer to the User s Guide Network Administrator Before you can use IPPS printing you must register a certificate with this machine You can use the self signed certificate that is preinstalled in this machine For details refer to User s Guide Network Administra tor Installing the printer driver using the Add Printer Wizard v Installing the driver to Windows 2000 based computers requires the administrator authority Insert the printe
206. iver for Mac OS X For Windows 1 Display the Properties window 3 The Properties window can be displayed by opening the Printers or Printers and Faxes window and right clicking the icon of the installed printer and then clicking Properties Click the Configure tab Select the Encryption Passphrase check box and then enter the encryption passphrase 3 If you do not specify a user defined Encryption Passphrase clear the Encryption Passphrase check box Printer Name PCL Properties a General Sharing Ports Advanced Color Management Securty Configure Settings Device Option CA E an Em Paper Source Unt PC 208 Finisher FS 5274J5 603 m Punch Unit PK 517 2 2 Hole D 509 Saddle Kt Hard Disk Installed Secure Print Only Off User Authentication ON Device Setting Paper Tray Information Tray Size Direction Paper Type Trayl 81 2d1 D LEF Plain Paper Tray2 812 LEF Plain Paper Tey3 812x11 DEF Plain Paper Tray4 81211 DEF Plain Paper _ Paper Tray Settings Encryption Passphrase Software Tools Obtain Device formaton Dm Obtain Settings set ox conca 3 Enter the Encryption Passphrase with 20 alphanumeric letters Specify the same Encryption Pass phrase for the machine and the printer driver 3 An encryption passphrase using a series of the same letters is invalid 3 When OpenAPI is used and SSL is enabled it
207. k 1 or later Windows Server 2003 R2 Standard Edition Windows Server 2003 R2 Enterprise Edition Windows XP Professional x64 Edition Windows Server 2003 Standard x64 Edition Windows Server 2003 Enterprise x64 Edition Windows Server 2003 R2 Standard x64 Edi tion Windows Server 2003 R2 Enterprise x64 Edi tion Windows Vista Business Windows Vista Enterprise Windows Vista Home Basic Windows Vista Home Premium Windows Vista Ultimate Windows Server 2008 Standard Windows Server 2008 Enterprise Windows Server 2008 R2 Standard Windows Server 2008 R2 Enterprise Windows 7 Home Basic Windows 7 Home Premium Windows 7 Professional Windows 7 Enterprise Windows 7 Ultimate Supports 32 bit x86 64 bit x64 environ ment Utility Web Connection Compatible Web browsers For Windows NT4 0 2000 XP Server 2003 Vista gt e Microsoft Internet Explorer Ver 6 7 JavaScript and Cookies enabled e Netscape Navigator 7 02 or later JavaScript and Cookies enabled Mozilla Firefox 1 0 or later JavaScript and Cookies enabled For Macintosh MacOS 9 x MacOS X e Netscape Navigator 7 02 or later JavaScript and Cookies enabled e Mozilla Firefox 1 0 or later JavaScript and Cookies enabled For Linux e Netscape Navigator 7 02 or later JavaScript and Cookies enabled e Mozilla Firefox 1 0 or later JavaScript and Cookies enabled Adobe Flash Player e Plug in Ver 7 0 or later required to select Flash as the display for
208. k settings eeeeeeeeeeeeeeesesceeeeeeeee eene eene enne nnnm niente 5 9 Configuring the LPR settings ihrer nti ennt uh nete tae oa ce Rana rae are Eel a doge paga 5 10 Configuring the IPP Setting ici trt etti to erae ena 5 11 5 2 Mac OS O lic ei sro GE e e ndun A E 5 12 5 2 1 Installing the printerdriver uiii ee e EC E EC Ft lea Lg pea 5 12 5 2 2 Selecting and connecting a printer nennen 5 12 Configuring the AppleTalk settings cessisse tenente nnne nter nnne nnne 5 12 Configuring the LPR settings eerte nennen nnt tinet Le nne nano tenen enana oe En da dap neta 5 13 6 1 DIULocp 6 3 6 1 1 Network Settings T 6 3 6 1 2 Configuring the Windows client nennen mere n eren nnen nennen nnne 6 3 7 1 WINdOWS ee 7 3 7 2 Macintosh ee ad A eE A Ra 7 5 Contents 2 ineo 223 283 363 423 7 2 1 eli exci RM EHE MN 7 5 7 2 2 FOr eig i Dea 7 5 Print function of PCL E r Irt IUNCUON OF PUL I 8 1 Print operations 8 2 Default settings of the printer driver s eeccessseeeeeeeeseeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeneneeeeeeeeseenaeeeeneneeaeeseeseeanees 8 5 8 2 1 Displaying the Properties window eseeeeeseeee esee eeeeenee ener nennen nennen nnne nnne nnne nnns 8 5 8 2 2 CoOntigUr er o RD 8 5 8 2 3 IS TrDIerjpriorte E 8 7 8 2 4 Registering the default settings eees
209. l driv ers w32x86 folder in Windows 2000 and if there is a folder file described in oem inf shown below in Windows 2000 of the corresponding model remove it However if multiple drivers are installed in cluding the PCL GENERIC driver PostScript GENERIC driver and fax driver the model information of all drivers is deleted To leave drivers other than the fax driver do not remove the folder From the C WINDOWS inf folder CAWINNTWnf folder in Windows 2000 remove oem inf and oem PNF included in the file name indicates a number which differs depending on the computer environment Before removing these files open the inf file and then check the model name described on the last few lines to confirm it is the file for the corresponding model The number of the PNF file is the same as that of the inf file When you have deleted a file using Remove driver and driver package or Remove driver and driver package in Windows Vista Server 2008 7 this operation is not required ineo 223 283 363 423 7 2 Macintosh 7 7 2 Macintosh When you have to remove the printer driver for example when reinstallation of the printer driver is necessary remove the driver using the following procedure 7 2 1 For Mac OS X Open the Print amp Fax or Printer Setup Utility Print Center window 3 The Print 8 Fax window can be opened from System Preferences in Apple Menu OS X 10 3 10 4 10 5 10 6 3 The Printer Setu
210. led the printer driver you need to change the initialization conditions such as options and enable functions of the machine from the printer driver NOTICE Any options that are installed in the machine but not configured cannot be used by the printer driver Be sure to configure the settings for the installed options 10 2 1 Option settings 1 In the Apple Menu menu select Chooser 2 Select the printer name 3 Click Setup 4 Click Configure The option setting window appears NZa Current Printer Description File PPD Selected E IPD AU ppd Paper Source Unit PC 208 Finisher Punch Unit Saddle kit 5D 509 3 When the printer is specified as the LPR printer double click the LPR printer icon on the desktop click Change Setup in the Printer menu to display the option setting window 5 Specify the options installed in the machine 6 Glick OK The Chooser window appears again Close the Chooser window EQ Reference The option settings are displayed automatically when the printer driver is selected for the first time For de tails refer to page 5 12 10 4 ineo 223 283 363 423 10 2 Default settings of the printer driver 10 10 2 2 Registering the default settings The settings for the machine functions configured when printing can only be applied while using the applica tion When you exit the application the settings return to their default settings To register the setting
211. lete Job Details 01 09 2010 16 11 99 oner Level A Memory The document is printed Reference e When System Settings User Box Settings ID amp Print Delete after Print Setting is set to Confirm with User in Administrator Settings of the machine printing a document by specifying from ID amp Print User Box displays the screen to confirm the deletion of the job For details refer to page 12 43 11 28 ineo 223 283 363 423 11 6 ID amp Print 1 1 Logging in using the authentication unit 1 Press Auth Unit and then press Begin Printing Toner Level kl TR 2 Touch the authentication unit with the finger or IC card To log in touch the authentication unit Once the user is authenticated the print job is printed 3 Press Print 8 Access to enable printing of the job and a normal login 3 Logging in by pressing Access allows you to log in as usual without printing a job After logging in open the ID amp Print User Box to print the document 3 f ID 8 Print Operation Settings is set to Print All Jobs when there are multiple jobs all jobs are output in a single authentication If it is set to Print Each Job the jobs are printed one by one in the order they have been stored Reference e You can specify ID amp Print Operation Settings in User Authentication Account Track User Authen tication Settings Administrative Setting ID amp Print Operati
212. low the direct print from Web Connection Default Yes e Yes Select this option to allow direct print from Web Connection No Select this option not to allow direct print from Web Connection 1 In the Administrator Settings screen press Printer Settings 3 For details on displaying the Administrator Settings screen refer to page 12 36 2 Press Web Connection Direct Print Select item and enter setting AA sts gt Primer Sats EROTIC EHDNMN NNNM 01 09 2010 16 49 Memory 100 3 Press the desired button ES Select job setting ministrator Settings gt Printer Settings Job Setting USB Timeout 60 sec UTENTE E Print XPS Errors Yes Assign Account to N Acquire Device Info 7 i 01 09 2010 16 49 Memory 100 12 4 15 Assign Account to Acquire Device Info Specify whether to request the password specified for this machine when the Windows printer driver at tempts to acquire device information for example the installation status of options in this machine Default No e No Does not request the password e Yes Requests the password Press Password and enter the password For the printer driver also enter the password specified in this machine If the password is invalid you cannot acquire device information Reference e Specify the password using up to eight alphanumeric characters e If a password is sp
213. mat e Plug in Ver 9 0 or later required to use the Data Management Utility font macro data management MetaFrame operating en The operation of this driver has been confirmed only in the following envi vironment ronments Server OS Windows 2000 Advanced server Windows 2003 Enterprise Server MetaFrame Citrix MetaFrame Presentation Server 3 0 Citrix MetaFrame Presentation Server 4 0 Client OS Windows 2000 Windows XP ICAClient ICA32bit For operating in an environment other than those described above con sult the dealer 15 6 ineo 223 283 363 423 15 2 Printing reports 1 5 15 2 Printing reports 15 2 1 Configuration page DEVELOP 423 Configuration Page Print Omanation Mer Md Basic Setting Default Paper Size Paper Tray Output Tray Binding Position Double Sided Staple Hole Punch Orientation of Sets No Matching Paper in Tray Setting Spool Setting Convert PDL Setting Banner Setting Banner Paper Tray PCL Setting Font Source Font Number Font Point Font Pitch Symbol Set Line Page CR LF Mapping PS Setting Print Reports Text RGB Source Text Destination Profile Image RGB Source Image Destination Profile Graphics RGB Source Graphics Destination Profile Simulation Profile XPS Settings Verify XPS Digital Signature Test Print Configuration PCL Font List PS Font List Demo Page I F Setting Network Rx Timeout USB Timeout Print XPS Errors wn t Wow to gw
214. meter details Function Name Option Description Output Tray Default Tray 1 and Tray 3 Specify the tray to output the printed pages Selectable items vary depending on the option installa tion status Paper Arrange ment Reference Prioritize Arranging Pa pers Prioritize Produc tivity Specify the method for paper arrangement adjusting the binding position for 2 sided printing When Priori tize Arranging Papers is selected the paper arrange ment process is performed after receiving all data When Prioritize Productivity is selected the paper ar rangement process is performed while receiving and printing data e The Staple function is available only if the optional Finisher FS 527 or Finisher FS 529 is installed e The Punch function is available only when the Punch Kit is installed on the optional Finisher FS 527 e The Center Staple and Fold and Fold functions are available only when the Saddle Stitcher is in stalled on the optional Finisher FS 527 e If multiple pages are printed while Half Fold is specified for the Fold function the finishing unit varies depending on the setting of Half Fold Specification in Copier Settings of User Settings on the con trol panel If Half Fold Specification is set to One Sheet at a Time paper is folded by sheet If itis set to Multiple Sheets all sheets are folded collectively for each job even if the original consists of
215. mpact PDF XPS Compact XPS TIFF JPEG XHTML Repli Go e For XHTML file types the machine supports the character code of UTF 8 Shift JIS ISO 8859 and the link file extensions of JPEG JPG PNG e This machine supports RepliGo version 2 1 0 8 PIN code 4 digit number Reference To print documents from a cellular phone or PDA the optional Local Interface Kit EK 605 is required The settings for enabling a Bluetooth communication are also required Contact your service represent ative in advance If you cannot access the link file when attempting to print an XHTML file the document will either not be printed or will be printed in a black frame depending on the setting in User Settings Cellular Phone PDA Setting Link File Error Notification For details refer to page 12 31 To access the link file for printing an XHTML file WebDAV Settings of this machine is required To use a proxy for connection register a proxy server in Administrator Settings Network Settings Web DAV Settings WebDAV Client Settings Proxy Server Address and set User Settings Cellular Phone PDA Setting Proxy Server Use to ON For details refer to page 12 32 The communication speed may drop or communication may be interrupted due to obstacles signal quality magnetic field or static electricity Protected documents and image data may not be sent depending on the security setting of the cellular phone or PDA
216. multiple pages However if the number of original pages is greater than the number of sheets this machine can fold the setting of the Fold function is disabled automatically and sheets are not folded for printing If Half Fold is selected along with Booklet all sheets are half folded collectively even if One Sheet at a Time is specified For details refer to page 12 35 8 4 5 Cover Mode tab Function Name Printing Preferences 5 f My Tab Basic Layout Finish Cover Mode Stamp Compostion Quaity Other Favorite Setting 8 Defaut Setting y Edt a F e _ Per Page Setting tJ go 0 E ayl En A K E Ca Printer View _ Printer Information teen OK Cancel Help Option Description Front Cover ON OFF Blank Print Select this check box to attach a front cover page It can be specified when any other option than Auto is selected for Paper Tray Front Cover Tray Tray 1 to Tray 4 LCT By Select the paper tray for the front cover sheet pass Tray Selectable items vary depending on the option installa tion status Back Cover ON OFF Blank Print Select this check box to attach a back cover page It can be specified when any other option than Auto is selected for Paper Tray Back Cover Tray Tray 1 to Tray 4 LCT By Select the paper tray for the back cover sheet pass Tray Selectable items vary depending on the o
217. n Windows Server 2003 R2 Enterprise x64 Edi tion Windows Vista Business i Windows Vista Enterprise Windows Vista Home Basic E Windows Vista Home Premium Windows Vista Ultimate Windows Server 2008 Standard Windows Server 2008 Enterprise Windows Server 2008 R2 Standard Windows Server 2008 R2 Enterprise Windows 7 Home Basic Windows 7 Home Premium Windows 7 Professional Windows 7 Enterprise Windows 7 Ultimate Supports 32 bit x86 64 bit x64 environ ment XPS Driver XPS driver Windows Vista Business Windows Vista Enterprise Windows Vista Home Basic Windows Vista Home Premium Windows Vista Ultimate Windows Server 2008 Standard Windows Server 2008 Enterprise Windows Server 2008 R2 Standard Windows Server 2008 R2 Enterprise Windows 7 Home Basic Windows 7 Home Premium Windows 7 Professional Windows 7 Enterprise Windows 7 Ultimate Supports 32 bit x86 64 bit x64 environ ment PostScript PPD driver PS PPD Mac OS 9 2 or later Mac OS X 10 2 8 10 3 10 4 10 5 10 6 ineo 223 283 363 423 15 5 1 5 Product specifications 15 1 Item Specifications Fax driver Windows 2000 Professional Service Pack 4 or later Windows 2000 Server Service Pack 3 or later Windows XP Home Edition Service Pack 1 or later Windows XP Professional Service Pack 1 or later Windows Server 2003 Standard Edition Serv ice Pack 1 or later Windows Server 2003 Enterprise Edition Service Pac
218. n also check the explanation of the user mode in the Web Connection online help or Web Connec tion manual included in the application DVD ROM For details on the online help refer to page 13 4 2 userQ1 Logout Change Password 2 X Ready to Scan E Ready to Print g AG Eo To Main Menu Device Information Device Information Configuration Summary Derce Mame mE Device Location Option Engine Serial Number 11 EODEM Device Type PrintiCopy Scan F ax gt Meter Count L Toner Status Online Assistance pack CCOO para Change User Password y gt Function Permission Information Network Setting Information Print Setting Information Paper Tray Print Information Select Tray Paper Size Paper Type Paper Status c Bypass 8 1 2 x 11 LEF Plain Paper Empty C Tray 1 8 1 2 x 11 LEF Plain Paper Ready O Tray 2 8 1 2 x 11 LEF Plain Paper Ready Tray 3 8 1 2 x 11 LEF Plain Paper Ready o Tray 4 8 1 2 x 11 LEF Plain Paper Ready Detail Output Tray Tray 1 Tray 2 Saddle Tray Tray 3 Administrator Information Administrator Name admin Extension No Admin E mail Address admin test local Item Description Device Informa Enables you to check the components options consumables and meter counts of tion this machine Online Assist Enables you to check the online assistance about this product ance Change User Changes the password of the login user Password Function Permis Enables you to check the function
219. n also print the data saved in the ID amp Print User Box by entering the user name and password from the control panel of the machine to log in to the printer When the optional Authentication Unit biometric type AU 101 Authentication Unit biometric type AU 102 or Authentication Unit IC card type AU 201 is used for User Authentication you can start print ing or log in to this machine simply by touching the authentication unit with your finger or IC card Reference 9 This function is available only when a Hard Disk is installed C Reference To enable the ID amp Print function when printing a document from the commuter specify the function from the printer driver For details refer to page 11 23 For details on the operation of the job saved in the ID amp Print User Boxj refer to page 11 26 For details on using the authentication unit for printing or logging in refer to page 11 29 11 6 1 Setting the printer driver For Windows 1 Click to display the Basic tab 2 Click Authentication Account Track Printing Preferences Esel 2 My Tab Basic Layout Finish Cover Mode Stamp Composition Quaity Other Favorite Setting fA Default Setting v lao Original Orientation Output Method Portrait EA al Landscape Es Pint vi Original Size User Settings 81 201 a Authentication Account Track Paper Size Same as Original Size Copies 1
220. nal Original that contains complicated figures and requires a large amount of memory to process it 13 18 ineo 223 283 363 423 13 4 Overview of the user mode 1 3 13 4 5 Address Registration Store Address may not be displayed depending on settings in the administrator mode Item amp use Logout Change Password 2 GH Ready to Scan Sa Ready to Print e To Main Menu Address Book List gt Store Address Tne einen party who wants to transmit data can be registered Search by number 1 50 y Go Search from Index y 60 No Function Name S MIME Edit Delete 1 E mail Tokyo Esit Delete 2 Emai Osaka Esit Delete 3 email Nagoya Es Delete 4 Fax Fam Edit Delete 5 sMB sms Edit Delete amp WebDAV WebDAVI Esit Delete 7 P lIPFaxt Est Delete a memet pax Esit Delete Description Address Book Enables you to check the address book registered in this machine or to register and change an address Group Enables you to check the group address book registered in this machine or to reg ister and change an address Program Enables you to check the program address book registered in this machine or to register and change an address Temporary One Touch Enables you to check the temporary program address book registered in this ma chine or to regist
221. name domain name gt ipp Host name For domain name specify the host name and domain name registered for the DNS server being used 3 Ifthe certificate for the machine is not the one issued by the certifying authority you must register the certificate for the machine on the Windows Vista Server 2008 7 system as the certificate by Trusted Root Certification Authorities for the computer account 3 When registering a certificate to the machine confirm that host name gt lt domain name is dis played as the common name of the certificate Click Have Disk Click Browse ineo 223 283 363 423 4 7 Windows Vista Server 2008 7 4 1 4 1 3 O Select a desired printer driver folder in the DVD ROM and then click Open 3 Select a folder according to the printer driver operating system and language to be used Selecta ble printer drivers PCL driver PS driver XPS driver and fax driver Click OK The Printer list appears 12 Click OK Follow the instructions on the pages that follow 3 If the User Account Control window appears click Continue or Yes 3 If the Windows Security window for verifying the publisher appears click Install this driver soft ware anyway 14 Click Finish 15 After finishing the installation make sure that the icon for the installed printer is displayed in the Print ers or Devices and Printers window 16 Remove the DVD ROM from the DVD ROM dr
222. nce For details on specifying the IP address for the machine refer to the User s Guide Network Administrator For details on the LPD Setting for the machine refer to the User s Guide Network Administrator Configuring the TCP IP settings for the computer Configure the TCP IP settings for the Macintosh computer connected to the printer In the Apple Menu select System Preferences 2 Click the Network icon From Show select Built in Ethernet amp Click the TCP IP tab Select the Configure item and configure the settings including the IP address and subnet mask ac cording to the settings for the network to which the Macintosh computer is connected O Click the close button at the top left corner of the window 3 When the This service has unsaved changes or Apply configuration changes message appears click Apply Adding a printer Select Macintosh HD Applications Utilities where the driver has been installed and then double click Printer Setup Utility or Print Center to open it When the You have no printers available window appears click Add When the printer list appears click Add gt If available printers have already been specified the You have no printers available window does not appear Select IP Printing for the connection method 4 For OS X 10 8 select LPD LPR for Printer Type In Printer Address enter the IP address for the machine From Printe
223. nd the public user job is permitted public user jobs are also saved in the ID amp Print User Box For de tails refer to page 12 45 ineo 223 283 363 423 11 25 ID amp Print 11 6 4 Select ID amp Print in Output Method Output Method EI Paper View O Detailed Information M Collate 8 1 2x11 O Offset 81 2x11 Output Method Y Print Secure Print Save in User Box Save in User Box and Print Proof Print a a FEN Detail Settings Default rine gt If User Authentication Account Track User Authentication Settings Administrative Setting ID amp Print Settings ID amp Print is set to ON in the Administrator Settings of the machine general print jobs are also saved in the ID amp Print User Box For details refer to page 12 45 5 Print the document 11 6 2 Recalling a job from the control panel Reference e For a public user a document can be printed by opening the ID amp Print User Box after logging in as a public user Entering the user information and printing 1 Enter the User Name and Password from the control panel of the printer 3 Ifthe control panel shows a screen that appears after logging in for example when public user ac cess is allowed without requiring to log in logging out by pressing the Access key brings up a login Screen To print document s in the ID Print User Box enter user name and password and then t
224. nd then click Next gt Select Specify a Location and then click Next Click Browse Select a desired printer driver folder in the DVD ROM and then click Open 3 Select a folder according to the printer driver operating system and language to be used Selecta ble printer drivers PCL driver PS driver and fax driver Click OK and then follow the instructions on the pages that follow Click Finish gt If the Digital Signature window appears click Yes After finishing the installation make sure that the icon for the installed printer is displayed in the Print ers window Remove the DVD ROM from the DVD ROM drive This completes the printer driver installation ineo 223 283 363 423 4 25 Windows 2000 4 8 4 26 ineo 223 283 363 423 5 Installation on Macintosh Computers 5 1 Mac OS X 10 2 10 3 10 4 10 5 10 6 5 5 Installation on Macintosh Computers This chapter describes the settings necessary when using Macintosh and the procedure for installing printer drivers for Macintosh 5 1 Mac OS X 10 2 10 3 10 4 10 5 10 6 5 1 1 Installing the printer driver N 8 Start the Macintosh computer Insert the printer driver DVD ROM for Macintosh into the DVD ROM drive of the computer 3 Exit all running applications if any Open the folder in the DVD ROM that contains the desired printer driver 3 Select a folder according to the printer driver operating s
225. ndow for registering a custom size 3 For Mac OS X 10 4 10 5 10 6 select Manage Custom Sizes from the Paper Size list 3 For Mac OS X 10 2 10 3 select Custom Paper Size from Settings 3 Click OS X 10 4 10 5 10 6 or New OS X 10 2 10 3 4 Enterthe paper size name Be sure to use paper size names other than existing names such as A4 and Custom 9 Configure the following items 3 Page Size Paper Size Specify the paper size 3 Printer Margins Specify the paper margins IBOON Custom Page Sizes Ba Page Size 8 26 in 11 69 in Width Height Printer Margins User defined 14 0 25 in EE 0 25 in jon 0 25 in Left 0 57 in Right Bottom j Duplicate 6 Glick OK OS X 10 4 10 5 10 6 or click Save OS X 10 2 10 3 This saves the custom paper size which can be selected from the Paper Size drop down list in Page Attributes Reference e For Mac OS X 10 5 10 6 you can also select Manage Custom Sizes with Paper Size in the Print window ineo 223 283 363 423 9 9 Parameter details 9 5 9 5 1 Parameter details The printer driver functions are specified in the following windows Page Attributes specified in the Page Setup window and Output Method Layout Finish Paper Tray Output Tray Cover Mode Transpar ency Interleave Per Page Setting Stamp Composition and Quality specified in the Print window Page Attributes From the File menu selec
226. ne PDA Setting 3 For details on displaying the User Settings screen refer to page 12 3 3 Cellular Phone PDA Setting is displayed in the 2 2 screen Press Forward to switch the screen Job List Use the menu buttons or keypad to make a selection ility gt User Settings 2 2 1 Cellular Phone PDA Setting 01 09 2010 16 40 Memory 1007 12 32 ineo 223 283 363 423 12 2 User settings 12 2 Press Proxy Server Use Job List Select item and enter setting ility gt User Settings gt Mobile PDA Settings Link File Error Notification Yes Proxy Server Use No utility User Settings Print A 01 09 2010 16 40 Memory 100 3 Press the desired button Job List Select item and enter setting l ility gt User Settings gt Mobile PDA Settings Job Setting Link File Error Notification Yes S roo sorer TS 01 09 2010 16 40 Memory 1007 12 2 28 Print Specify print conditions to print a document from a cellular phone or PDA Default 1 Sided Finishing None e Basic Print Select 1 Sided or 2 Sided e Basic Paper Select the printing paper size if the sent data does not contain paper size information e Basic Finishing Specify Fold Bind Staple or Punch e Application Margin Select the margin position e Application Stamp Composition Composes the following contents when printing Date Time The date and time of printing
227. ne Sheet at a Time paper is folded by sheet If itis set to Multiple Sheets all sheets are folded collectively for each job even if the original consists of multiple pages However if the number of original pages is greater than the number of sheets this machine can fold the setting of the Fold amp Staple function is disabled automatically and sheets are not folded for print ing If Half Fold is selected along with Booklet all sheets are half folded collectively even if One Sheet at a Time is specified For details refer to page 12 35 9 16 ineo 223 283 363 423 9 5 Parameter details 9 5 5 Paper Tray Output Tray l Paper Tray Output Tray 44 9 Paper View O Detailed Information Paper Tray UNE f Auto 24 81 2x11 Faper Type Plain Paper Y Paper Settings for Each Tray Output Tray Default H x1 i a Default Cancel Print Function Name Option Description Paper Tray Auto Tray 1 to Tray 4 Select a paper tray to be used LCT Bypass Tray Selectable items vary depending on the option installa tion status Paper Type Paper types available for Select a paper type to be used for printing the machine It can be changed only when Paper Tray is set to Auto When Paper Tray is not set to Auto the paper types registered in Paper Settings for Each Tray are avail able Paper Settings Paper Tray Select a pa
228. nf _xxx at the end of this Click Open Installation starts When the installation completes click Close The additional installation of the 64 bit operating system driver is then completed ineo 223 283 363 423 15 18 15 Glossary 15 5 15 5 Glossary Term Description 10Base T 100Base TX 1000Base T A set of specifications under the Ethernet standards Those cables that con sist of twisted copper wire pairs are used The transmission rates of 10Base T 100Base TX and 1000Base T are respectively 10Mbps 100Mpbs and 1000Mbps Adobe Flash Software or its file format developed by Adobe Systems Inc formerly by Macromedia Inc used to create a content by compiling vector graphic an imations and sounds The software allows handling interactive contents using keyboard or mouse The files can be kept relatively compact and accessed from a Web browser with dedicated plug in software AppleTalk The generic name for the protocol suite developed by Apple Computer for computer networking bit The abbreviation for binary digit The smallest unit of information data quan tity handled by a computer or printer A bit uses only a 0 or a 1 to indicate data BMP The abbreviation for bitmap This is a file format for saving image data The file extension is bmp Commonly used on Windows platforms BMP covers the color depth from monochrome 2 values to full color 16 777
229. ng Rasterization While this machine is operating as a printer originals can be scanned using the copy function or network scan function To use the copy function of this machine press the Copy key on the control panel When a print job is received during copying the data is stored in the memory of this machine When the cop ying is completed the print job is automatically printed 2 4 ineo 223 283 363 423 2 1 Printer controller 2 1 3 Control panel The printer driver settings are mainly configured on the computer However printing the font list and config uring the printer controller settings and default print settings are available using the control panel of this ma chine The following describes the important keys used for the printer function Check Job Ready to copy copies basic ranas Conama ES na E Density omnmmnnnr a 1 2 TNI left 1 1 o BET Rotate OFF 1 0 01 09 2010 E 2 d pes amm MO Language Selection Brightness z User Box Fax Scan Chipy 3 9 Accessibility Hccess C O S a Ed Start Guidance 8
230. ng for the machine refer to the User s Guide Network Administrator Configuring the TCP IP settings for the computer Configure the TCP IP settings for the Macintosh computer connected to the printer In the Apple Menu select System Preferences Z Click the Network icon The Ethernet setting window appears 3 For OS X 10 5 10 6 select Ethernet and then click Advanced 3 For OS X 10 4 select Built in Ethernet and then click Configure 4 Click the TCP IP tab 5 Configure the settings including the IP address and subnet mask according to the settings of the net work to which the Macintosh computer is connected Click the close button at the top left corner of the window 3 When the This service has unsaved changes message appears click Apply Adding a printer 1 In the Apple Menu select System Preferences 2 Click the Print amp Fax icon Click on the Print amp Fax window amp Click IP or IP Printer In Protocol select Line Printer Daemon LPD In Address enter the IP address for the machine The printer driver corresponding to this machine being identified with its IP address is automatically se lected 3 After the printer driver is selected go to Step 8 3 If an incorrect printer driver is selected go to Step 7 Select the desired printer driver manually 3 When OS X 10 6 is used select Select Printer Software from Print Using and then select
231. nnonnnccnnnnnonnnccnnnnnnccn nana nnnc nn nana rca rra 10 5 ineo 223 283 363 423 Contents 3 10 3 10 3 1 10 3 2 10 3 3 10 3 4 10 3 5 11 1 2 11 2 11 2 1 11 2 2 11 3 11 3 1 11 3 2 11 4 11 5 11 5 1 11 6 11 6 1 11 6 2 11 7 11 7 1 11 7 2 11 8 11 8 1 11 8 2 12 1 12 1 1 12 2 12 2 1 12 2 2 12 2 3 Parameter details Page Attrib tes s s ch aaa A cR ees a ee Specifying the custom page SIZES 00 eeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeneeeeeaeeeeeaeeeeseneeseeeeessaeeseeaeeeseaeeeeeneeeeeeneeeenaeeess 10 6 arcam Sh due 10 7 Layout Combiriatign 4r o at sh a a dadas 10 7 Printer specific options Finishing Option 1 to 5B oooonccccc nnnonccccccnnnnnonnnnnncnnnnnncnnnnnnnnncnnnnnnnnnccnnnnnnnnos 10 8 tion D Pro M 11 3 Setting the printer driver aaa ua Pa aret dede ah DA E ERA deua urna ads 11 3 FOr iterom 11 3 For Mac QOS X uultu one iia 11 4 Recalling a job from the control panel oooonoccccccnncoccccnonononaccnnnnnnnnccnnnnnnnn conc enitn nan n cnn nenne nnne nennen 11 4 Secure Pd 11 6 Setting the printer driVer uusiue rne attach a vea need do re e Ep ute Dons eee eee va Ee di dane 11 6 For VWWINGOWS PET 11 6 FOr Mac OSX quu EE 11 7 Recalling a job from the Control panel cccceeeceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeaeeeeeeseaaeeeeeeseeeeeeeeseeeneeeeeeeaee 11 8 When the Confidential
232. nstall driver software recommended The dialog box requesting the disk DVD ROM appears gt f you do not have the disk DVD ROM click I don t have the disc show me other options On the next page select Browse my computer for driver software advanced and then specify a desired printer driver folder 3 Select a folder according to the printer driver operating system and language to be used Insert the printer driver DVD ROM for Windows into the DVD ROM drive of the computer The information on the disk is searched for and then the list of the software supported by this machine appears Select a desired printer driver name and then click Next 3 Selectable printer drivers PCL driver PS driver XPS driver and fax driver Follow the instructions on the pages that follow 3 Ifthe User Account Control window appears click Continue When the installation completes click Close After finishing the installation make sure that the icon for the installed printer is displayed in the Print ers window gt If the Windows Security window for verifying the publisher appears click Install this driver soft ware anyway Remove the DVD ROM from the DVD ROM drive This completes the printer driver installation 4 12 ineo 223 283 363 423 4 1 Windows Vista Server 2008 7 4 Updating the driver after connecting this machine In Windows 7 Server 2008 R2 if this machine is connected without first inst
233. nstructed by con necting computers on the same floor in the same building or in neighboring buildings Local printer A printer connected to a parallel or USB port of a computer LPD The acronym for Line Printer Daemon This is a platform independent printer protocol running on the TCP IP network The protocol was originally devel oped for BSD UNIX and has become one of the printing protocols typically used among general computers LPR LPD The acronym for Line Printer Request Line Printer Daemon This is a printing method implemented via networks used for Windows NT or UNIX based systems It uses TCP IP to output printing data from Windows or UNIX to a printer on the network MAC address MAC is the acronym for Media Access Control A MAC address is an ID number unique to each Ethernet card enabling sending or receiving data to or from other Ethernet cards A Mac address is a 48 bit number The first 24 bits are controlled by IEEE and used to allocate a unique number to each manufacture whereas the latter 24 bits are used by each manufacturer to as sign a unique number to each card Memory A storage device used for storing data temporarily Some types of memory retain data even after the power is turned off while others not NDPS The acronym for Novell Distributed Print Services This provides a high per formance printing solution in NDS environments Using NDPS for the print server simplifies and
234. nstructions to avoid property damage Procedural instruction v This check mark indicates an option that is required in order to use conditions or functions that are pre requisite for a procedure 1 This format number 1 represents the first step 2 This format number represents the order of serial steps gt This symbol indicates a supplementary explanation of a pro The operation cedural instruction procedures are described using illustrations gt This symbol indicates transition of the control panel to access a desired menu item 31st Ready to copy copies Basic Original Setting ha application ee Text Enhancement Queer 100 0 f 800080000 Text Photo Photo 4 Dot Matrix Original Bi Copied Paper B 01 08 2010 11 21 Memory 100 Toner Level Ki This symbol indicates a desired page ineo 223 283 363 423 1 5 Conventions used in this manual 1 2 1 2 2 C Reference This symbol indicates a reference View the reference as required Key symbols Key names on the touch panel and computer screen or manual names are indicated by these brackets Bold text Key names part names product names and option names on the control panel are indicated in bold text Original and paper indications Original and paper sizes The following explains the indication for originals and paper described in this manual When indicating the original or paper size the
235. nt jobs are saved in the Secure Document User Box To print a secured document the ID and password that have been specified in the printer driver are required Reference Secured documents are automatically deleted after a certain length of time has elapsed since their reg istration The default setting for this time is 1 day and the value can be specified in the administrator mode For details refer to page 12 41 To manually delete a secured document that has been printed operate in administrator mode For de tails refer to page 12 40 C Reference For details on the functions of the keys on the control panel refer to the User s Guide Copy Operations For details on the User Box functions of the machine refer to the User s Guide Box Operations For details on specifying the Confidential Document Access Method refer to the User s Guide Copy Oper ations ineo 223 283 363 423 11 2 Secure Print When the Confidential Document Access Method is set to Mode 1 1 Press the User Box key on the control panel 3 Press User Box when the application menu is displayed 2 Select Secure Document User Box in System User Box and then press Use File Toner Level Ki 3 Enter the ID for the secure print document and then press OK Enter the ID for the secure print document To clear your entry press the C key ID AE e d M
236. nting At Print Settings in SMB Settings for the machine specify NetBI OS Name Print Service Name and Workgroup C Reference For details on the network settings for the machine refer to the User s Guide Network Administrator Installing the printer driver using the Add Printer Wizard v Installing the driver to Windows 2000 based computers requires the administrator authority Insert the printer driver DVD ROM for Windows into the DVD ROM drive of the computer Click Start and then select Settings Printers Double click Add Printer Add Printer Wizard appears Follow the instructions on the pages that follow On the window for specifying how the printer is attached select Local printer and then click Next gt 3 Clear the Automatically detect and install my Plug and Play printer check box The page for Select the Printer Port appears Click Create a new port and then select Local Port as the port type Click Next Enter NNetBIOS name print service name in the Port Name box 3 Enter the same NetBIOS name and print service name specified in Print Settings in SMB Settings Click OK Add Printer Wizard appears Click Have Disk Click Browse 12 Select a desired printer driver folder in the DVD ROM and then click Open 3 Select a folder according to the printer driver operating system and language to be used Selecta ble printer drivers PCL dr
237. ocessing as well All jobs are processed after the problem is solved 1 In the Administrator Settings screen press System Settings 3 For details on displaying the Administrator Settings screen refer to page 12 36 2 Inthe System Settings screen switch the page by pressing or and then press Skip Job Operation Settings E Use the menu buttons or keypad to make a selection Administrator Settings gt System Settings MA Page Number Print Position A 6 c gt EOS NIISTIZENUS gt ENTES Skip Job Operation Settings 01 09 2010 16 46 Memory 100 3 Press Fax or Other than Fax 4 Press the desired button E Touch the button for the desired setting Administrator Settings gt System Settings gt Job Skip Settings z Job Setting Hs Utility Ses Administrator System Settings 01 09 2010 16 47 Memory 1007 12 44 ineo 223 283 363 423 12 4 Administrator Settings 12 12 4 8 ID amp Print Settings Specify whether to use the ID amp Print function on the machine that performs user authentication or account track Default OFF e ID amp Print ON Select this option to process all print jobs requested from a registered user as ID amp Print jobs and save them in ID amp Print User Box even if ID amp Print is not enabled on the printer driver e ID amp Print OFF Select this option to process jo
238. ollowing Print er Name correspond to the low order three bytes of the MAC address The following window shows an example where the printer name is changed to Printer Name AppleTalk 3 After the printer driver is selected go to Step 7 3 f an incorrect printer driver is selected go to Step 6 Select the desired printer driver manually 3 When OS X 10 5 is used select the Select a driver to use from the Print Using and then select the printer driver of the desired model name from the list 3 When OS X 10 4 is used select GENERIC from the Print Using and then select the printer driver of the desired model name from the list Click Add When the selected printer is registered in the Print amp Fax the setting procedure is completed gt If the Installable Options window appears proceed to change the option settings as necessary For details refer to page 9 5 Reference e For OS X 10 4 you can also add a printer by clicking Add in the Printer Setup Utility window ineo 223 283 363 423 5 5 Mac OS X 10 2 10 3 10 4 10 5 10 6 5 1 Configuring the LPR settings TCP IP Settings for the machine Specify the IP address for the machine LPD Setting for the printer Before using LPR printing enable LPD printing in LPD Setting for the machine C Reference For details on specifying the IP address for the machine refer to the User s Guide Network Administrator For details on the LPD Setti
239. ollowing Printer Name correspond to the low order three bytes of the MAC address To check the MAC address select Configuration Page For details on how to output Configuration Page refer to page 12 28 3 f a different PPD file has already been selected click Setup in Step 3 and then click Select PPD from the window that is already displayed 5 12 ineo 223 283 363 423 5 2 Mac OS 9 2 me Click the applicable PPD file and then click Select or Open When the selected printer is registered in the Chooser the setting procedure is completed gt If the window showing the installable options appears proceed to change the option settings as necessary Go to Step 5 3 If the Chooser window appears go to Step 7 D Inthe Options Installed 1 and Options Installed 2 windows specify the options installed in this ma chine 6 Click OK The Chooser window appears again Close the Chooser window Configuring the LPR settings TCP IP Settings for the machine Specify the IP address for the machine LPD Setting for the printer Before using LPR printing enable LPD printing in LPD Setting for the machine C Reference For details on specifying the IP address for the machine refer to the User s Guide Network Administrator For details on the LPD Setting for the machine refer to the User s Guide Network Administrator Configuring the TCP IP settings for the computer
240. on 8 1 2x11 v 81 2x11 x1 C Per Page Setting EX ia SE V lt Defautt J Cancel Print Function Name Option Description Per Page Set ON OFF Select this check box to insert paper between pages ting and switch the paper and tray for each page Add Click this button to display the Per Page Setting dialog box to create a list specifying conditions Delete Click this button to delete the list Edit Click this button to display the Per Page Setting dialog box to edit a list specifying conditions ineo 223 283 363 423 9 Parameter details 9 5 Editing Per Page Setting Per Page Setting List Name Page Number Print Type Paper Tray Staple E Body Text 1 Print 1 Sided Auto Off List01 E 1 3 Print Insert Trayl Left Corner E Body End Print 1 Sided Auto off Add Delete Add Edit 1 3 Page Number Entry Example 2 4 6 10 e Print Type Print Insert ll E Paper Tray Staple Trayl i Left Corner B Function Name Description List Name Enter the name of the list Add Add a condition to the list Delete Delete a condition from the list A V Sort the selected condition rows according to page number Page Number Enter the page number of the selected condition row Specify the page numbers using a numerical value To specify multiple pages separate each page num
241. on Account Track Click this button to specify the user name and pass word when User Authentication is enabled on this ma chine or the account name and password when Account Track is enabled on this machine Copies 1 to 9999 Specify the number of copies to be printed Collate ON OFF Select this check box to collate pages sequentially when printing multiple sets of copies Offset ON OFF Select this check box to stagger each set when printing multiple sets of copies Paper Settings for Each Tray Reference In Original Size you can select AO A1 A2 B1 B2 or B3 however the printing paper size is reduced to the size specified in Paper Size Same as Original Size cannot be selected in Paper Size The large size registered for the paper set in Print Server Properties is also reduced to the size specified in Paper Size The paper set in Print Server Properties is available when Display paper set in Print Server Properties is selected in the Settings tab Paper Type Settings Select a paper tray to be specified Selectable items vary depending on the option installa tion status Paper Type Select the type of paper to be loaded onto the paper tray To use paper of which the size is other than the standard sizes specify the custom paper size You can register a custom size by selecting Custom Size from the paper size or original size option To prin
242. on Manager you must enter the user information specified by the server administrator The windows and input items that appear vary ac cording to the settings For details contact your server administrator 4 Click OK to determine the settings and start printing If the entered user name is a name enabled on the machine the job is printed and counted as a job for the specified user Reference e It is necessary to configure server settings when user authentication is performed with the server Click User Authentication Server Setting and then select a server e When authentication is performed with the Authentication Manager in Administrator Settings of this machine set System Connection OpenAPI Settings Authentication to OFF For details refer to page 12 53 ineo 223 283 363 423 11 19 11 Printing a document on the machine for which Account Track function is enabled 11 5 11 5 Printing a document on the machine for which Account Track function is enabled When the Account Track settings are configured on the machine you must enter the account track code access code when printing The following four printer drivers support this feature e GENERIC PCL Printer Driver for Windows PCL driver e GENERIC PostScript Printer Driver for Windows PS driver e GENERIC XPS Printer Driver for Windows XPS driver GENERIC PostScript PPD Printer Driver for Mac OS X Referen
243. on Setting of the Administrator Settings of the machine For details refer to page 12 46 e To select the documents to print when there are multiple print jobs press Access and then print the desired documents from the ID amp Print User Box e Even when the authentication unit is installed you can enter the user information and print using ID amp PW For details refer to page 11 26 e To change the operation Begin Printing Print amp Access or Access selected in the initial page se lect Administrator Settings User Authentication Account Track User Authentication Settings Administrative Settings Default Operation Selection For details refer to page 12 47 Reference e For details on the optional Authentication Unit refer to the User s Guide Copy Operations ineo 223 283 363 423 11 29 11 Printing from a cellular phone or PDA 11 7 11 7 Printing from a cellular phone or PDA Configure settings to wirelessly connect this machine to a cellular phone or PDA with the Bluetooth function installed and to print data stored in such a terminal or save it in a User Box of this machine 11 7 4 Operating environment The cellular phones and PDAs that can be connected to this machine and the printable file type must satisfy the following conditions Operating environment Communication protocol Bluetooth Ver 2 0 EDR Supporting profile OPP BPP SPP Supporting file type PDF Co
244. onnection Using the cache function may result in an operation failure When using Web Connection disable the cache function on the Web browser Reference e Some Web browser versions may provide different menus and item names For details refer to the Help for the Web browser e With the cache function enabled timeout occurs in the administrator mode and after that how many time you try to access just timeout recurs It results in the control panel of this machine being locked and you cannot handle the control panel In this case turn the main power off and then turn it on again To avoid this problem disable the cache function For Internet Explorer 1 Select Internet Options in the Tools menu 2 Inthe General tab select Temporary Internet files Settings 3 Select Every visit to the page and click OK For Netscape Navigator 1 Select Preferences in the Edit menu 2 In Category on the left select Advanced Cache 3 n Document in cache is compared to document on network select Every time For Mozilla Firefox 1 Select Options in the Tools menu 2 Select Privacy and then click Settings in the Private Data section 3 Select the Cache check box under Private Data select the Clear private data when closing Firefox check box under Settings and then click OK 13 1 4 Online help function After logging in to Web Connection click you can display the online help for the currently
245. operating system and language to be used Selecta ble printer drivers PCL driver PS driver XPS driver and fax driver Click OK The Printer list appears Click Next Follow the instructions on the pages that follow 3 If the User Account Control window appears click Continue or Yes gt If the Windows Security window for verifying the publisher appears click Install this driver soft ware anyway Click Finish After finishing the installation make sure that the icon for the installed printer is displayed in the Print ers or Devices and Printers window Remove the DVD ROM from the DVD ROM drive This completes the printer driver installation ineo 223 283 363 423 4 1 Windows Vista Server 2008 7 4 4 1 2 For network connection IPP IPPS Settings for the machine To use IPP printing you must configure the network settings for the machine in advance Items to be configured Description IP address In TCP IP Settings of the machine specify the IP address IPP Setting In IPP Settings for the machine enable IPP printing C Reference For details on the network settings for the machine refer to the User s Guide Network Administrator Before you can use IPPS printing you must register a certificate with this machine You can use the self signed certificate that is preinstalled in this machine For details refer to User s Guide Network Administra tor Inst
246. opy function Maintaining this machine e Troubleshooting User s Guide Enlarge Display Operations This manual describes details on operating proce dures of the enlarge display mode e Copy function e Scanning function e G8 fax function e Network fax function User s Guide Print Operations This manual describes details on printer functions e Printer function e Setting the printer driver User s Guide Box Operations This manual describes details on User Box functions e Saving data in user boxes e Retrieving data from user boxes e Transferring and printing data from user boxes User s Guide Network Scan Fax Network Fax Operations This manual describes details on transmitting scanned data e E mail TX FTP TX SMB TX Save in User Box WebDAV TX Web Services G3 fax e P Address Fax Internet Fax User s Guide Fax Driver Operations This manual describes details on the fax driver func tion that transmits faxes directly from a computer e PC FAX User s Guide Network Administrator This manual describes details on setting methods for each function using the network connection e Network settings e Settings using Web Connection ineo 223 283 363 423 Welcome 1 1 User s guide Overview User s Guide Advanced Function Operations This manual describes details on functions that be come available by registering the optional license kit and by connecting to an applicat
247. ouch Begin Printingl To check document s prior to printing touch Login Nene Status User Name Password _ Delete Job Details Begin Printing Print amp Login 01 09 2010 16 10 ner Level kil IM dox 11 26 ineo 223 283 363 423 11 6 ID amp Print 11 2 Press Begin Printing Once the user is authenticated the print job is printed 3 Press Print 8 Login to enable printing of the job and normal login 3 Press Login for the normal login without printing the job After logging in open the ID amp Print User Box to print the document gt fthere are multiple print jobs all the jobs are printed To select the documents to print press Login and then print the desired documents from the ID amp Print User Box 3 When the optional Authentication Unit is installed ID amp PW and Auth Unit appear By selecting a button the ID amp PW or authentication unit can be selected and used as the authentication method Printing a document by specifying it from the ID amp Print User Box Reference e When the ID amp Print User Box is frequently used it will be helpful to configure Custom Display Set tings User Box Settings of the machine so that ID amp Print User Box always appears on the screen For details refer to the User s Guide Box Operations 1 Enter the User Name and Password from the control panel of the printer To print document s in the ID amp
248. p Utility Print Center window can be opened from Macintosh HD Applications Utilities OS X 10 2 10 3 10 4 2 Select the printer name to be deleted and then click or Delete The selected printer is deleted 3 Close the Print amp Fax or Printer Setup Utility Print Center window 4 Drag the following installed files which are located in Macintosh HD Library Printers PPDs Contents Resources Resources for OS X 10 5 10 6 and Resources en Iproj for OS X 10 2 10 3 10 4 to the Trash icon 3 GENERIC42BW 4 gz 3 GENERIC36BW 4 gz 3 GENERIC28BW 4 gz 3 GENERIC22BW 4 gz x Delete unnecessary files from Library Printers 3 Drag the 423 folder which is located in Library Printers GENERIC to the Trash icon gt Inaddition for Mac OS X 10 2 drag all the GENERIC 42BW 4 folders which are located in Library Printers PPDPlugins to the Trash icon For OS X 10 2 10 3 10 4 10 5 drag GENERIC 42BW 4 xxx pkg which is located in Library Re ceipts to the Trash icon Restart the computer This completes removing the printer driver 7 2 2 For Mac OS 9 2 Drag the printer icon on the desktop to the Trash icon Select and drag the PPD file GENERIC42BW 4UVxxx ppd which is located in Macintosh HD Sys tem Folder Extension Printer Descriptions to the Trash icon The related printer driver files are deleted Restart the com
249. password To copy a document enter the specified password when print ing Password Enter the password for Password Copy Characters Select this check box to embed the selected character string in a pattern A preregistered character string common stamp or a character string registered in the machine registered stamp can be specified ineo 223 283 363 423 9 21 Parameter details 9 5 Function Name Description Date Time Select this check box to embed the selected date and time in a pattern Selecting from the drop down list allows you to specify the display type and presence or absence of the time display Serial Number Select this check box to embed the serial number of the machine in a pat tern Distribution Control Number Select this check box to embed the copy number in a pattern when print ing multiple copies The start number or number of digits can be specified Job Number Reference Select this check box to embed the print job number in a pattern for doc uments that are automatically paginated e Copy Guard and Password Copy are available when Password Copy and Copy Guard are set to Yes in Administrator Settings Security Settings Security Details under this machine while the op tional Security Kit SC 507 is installed For details refer to the User s Guide Copy Operations Function Name
250. pear Edit My Tab Es Setting Item List Basic Layout Finish Cover Mode Stamp Compostion Quality Other Staple Cote oa and Fold Fold Output Tray Paper Arrangement V tothe LEFT Y tothe RIGHT Q My Tab GOLEFT side CBIRIGHT side Original Orientation Copies aS Original Size Offset Paper Size Print Type Output Method Staple X Down 4 Left Right Remove OK eme Defaut me 3 The following describes how to change the layout of the registered functions 3 Select the function whose position you want to move and click Up Down Left Right as needed 3 To delete a function from My Tab select the function you want to delete and then click Remove Edit My Tab Setting Item List Basic Layout Finish Cover Mode Stamp Composition Quaity Other CB Staple Center Staple and Fold EB Punch Output Tray Paper Arangement Y tothe LEFT Y tothe RIGHT f MyTab EJLEFT side CORIGHT side Original Orientation Copies A Up Original Size Offset RA fre oe A 4 gt Left Right Remove jJ OK Cancel Defaut Hep 4 Click OK ineo 223 283 363 423 Parameter details Basic tab The Basic tab allows you to configure the basic printing functions such as paper size and type as well as output method Function Name e Printing Preferences 5B PRE Printer View
251. per tray to be specified for Each Tray Selectable items vary depending on the option installa tion status Paper Type Select the type of paper to be loaded onto the paper tray Output Tray Default Tray 1 and Tray Specify the tray to output the printed pages 3 Selectable items vary depending on the option installa tion status Reference e Specify Duplex Side 2 when printing on the back side of paper o User of Paper Type is the frequently used paper type registered on the machine side For details on registering the user paper refer to the User s Guide Copy Operations ineo 223 283 363 423 9 17 9 Parameter details 9 5 9 5 6 Cover Mode Transparency Interleave The Cover Mode setting window and the Transparency Interleave window can be switched Cover Mode Transparency Int HH SEU toot Cover Mode Transparency Interleave 81 2x11 O Front Cover Mes ii OD Back Cover x1 EX t a Default Cancel Print Cover Mode Transparency Int 144 9 Paper View Cover Mode gt Transparency Interleave O Detailed Information 81 2x11 Transparency Interleave Aiea x1 EH fta Printer Information Default Cancel Print Function Name Option Description Front Cover ON OFF Select this check box to attach a front cover page It can be specified when any other option than Auto is selected for Paper Tray Off Print Blank Sel
252. perating system and client AO System P 15 13 Installing an additional driver oooonnoccnnccononoccnoncnnnncnncnanonn nar rra nn 15 13 A LUI LaL IL A 15 14 Ann eth e E ecce EI Teese Seca 16 3 Index by DUM OM ee M 16 6 ineo 223 283 363 423 Contents 7 Contents 8 ineo 223 283 363 423 1 Introduction 1 1 Welcome 1 EC 1 Introduction 1 1 Welcome Thank you for purchasing this machine This User s Guide describes the functions operating instructions precautions for correct operation and sim ple troubleshooting guidelines of this machine In order to obtain maximum performance from this product and use it effectively please read this User s Guide as necessary 1 1 1 User s guides User s guide Overview Quick Guide Copy Print Fax Scan Box Opera tions This manual describes operating procedures and the functions that are most frequently used in order to en able you to begin using this machine immediately This manual also contains notes and precautions that should be followed to ensure safe usage of this ma chine and describes details on trademarks and copy rights Please be sure to read this manual before using this machine User s Guide Copy Operations This manual describes details on copy mode opera tions and the settings of this machine e Specifications of originals and copy paper e C
253. permission information about the user or account sion Information Network Setting Enables you to check the network settings of this machine Information Print Setting In Enables you to check the printer controller settings of this machine formation Print Information Prints font or configuration information 13 16 ineo 223 283 363 423 13 4 Overview of the user mode 13 13 4 2 Job Q user Logout Change Password 12 X Ready to Scan Ef Ready to Print al To Main Menu Current Jobs gt Job History Refer to Job History for finished jobs gt Communication List Print Select the Job Type and click Go Print v Page Display by 50 cases 1 v Select Job No User Name File Name Status Time Stored 136 user Printing 01 07 2010 11 45 Increase Priority Delete Item Description Current Jobs Enables you to check the currently executed job or queued jobs Job History Enables you to check the executed jobs Communication Enables you to check the completed transmission and reception jobs List 13 4 3 User Box EQ Reference For details on the operating procedures for User Boxes refer to the User s Guide Box Operations Q userD1 Logout Change Password 2 Se Ready to Scan amp g Ready to Print e Open User Box Open User Box Public Group Personal To Main Menu gt Create User Box Box is
254. phone PDA e Auto Paper Select For TIFF JPEG JFIF select this option to calculate the size of the image based on its resolution and the number of pixels to print the image on paper that fits the image size Select this option to print images on paper of the same size as the image For JPEG EXIF an image is printed based on the paper size that is specified in User Settings Printer Settings Paper Setting Paper Size An image is enlarged or reduced to fit the paper size e Priority Paper Size When printing from a cellular phone or PDA an image is printed based on the paper size that is spec ified in User Settings Cellular Phone PDA Settings Print Paper When using direct printing from Web Connection or external memory an image is printed based on the paper size that is specified in User Settings Printer Settings Paper Setting Paper Size An image is enlarged or reduced to fit the paper size 1 In the User Settings screen press Printer Settings 3 For details on displaying the User Settings screen refer to page 12 3 ineo 223 283 363 423 12 29 12 User settings 12 2 2 Press TIFF Image Paper Setting Use the menu buttons or keypad to make a selection gt User Settings gt Printer Settings Basic Settings Print Reports A 6 Paper Setting A 7 TIFF Image Paper Setting User Settings PCL Settings PS Setting d XPS Settings 01 09 2010 16 30 Memory 100 3 Press Paper Select
255. printed on the front side when Chapters is selected Print Type 1 Sided 2 Sided Specify 2 Sided Print or Booklet printing Booklet Binding Position Auto Left Bind Right Specify the binding position Bind Top Bind Binding Margin ON OFF Select this check box to specify the binding margin Click Binding Margin Settings to specify the margin values ineo 223 283 363 423 8 15 Parameter details 8 4 Function Name Option Description Binding Margin Settings Shift Mode Select how to process the image to prepare the page margin Front Side Back Side Specify the binding margin values For 2 sided printing clearing the Same value for front and back sides check box allows you to specify different values for the front and back sides Unit Select a unit to be used for specifying the size Image Shift ON OFF Select this check box to print by shifting the entire print image Click Image Shift Settings to specify the im age shift values Image Shift Set tings Reference Unit Select a unit to be used for specifying the size Front Side Back Side Specify the shift direction and values For 2 sided print ing clearing the Same value for Front and Back sides check box allows you to specify different values for the front and back sides e The options 2 x 2 3 x 3 and 4 x 4 for Combination which are for printin
256. ption installa tion status ineo 223 283 363 423 8 17 Parameter details 8 4 Function Name Option Description Per Page Setting ON OFF Select this check box to insert paper between pages and switch the paper and tray for each page Edit List allows you to create a list specifying conditions on a page basis Edit List List Name Select the name of the list to be edited The settings are listed Edit List Name Rename a list Up Down Click the button to move the selected condition row up or down Move the rows so that the page numbers are arranged in ascending order Add Click this button to add a condition Specify conditions in Add Edit Delete Click this button to delete the selected condition row Page Number Specify the page numbers using a numerical value To specify multiple pages separate each page number with a comma or specify the range using a hyphen Print Type Specify the print type from the Change Settings drop down list Paper Tray Specify the paper tray to be used from the Change Settings drop down list Staple From the Change Settings drop down list specify the number of staples and the stapling position Transparency In terleave ON OFF Blank Select this check box to insert interleaves when printing transparencies It can be specified when Transparency is selected for Paper Type Interleave Tray
257. puter This completes removing the printer driver ineo 223 283 363 423 7 5 Macintosh 7 2 7 6 ineo 223 283 363 423 8 Print function of PCL PS XPS drivers for Windows Print operations 8 NEN 8 8 1 Print function of PCL PS XPS drivers for Windows This chapter describes functions of the PCL PS XPS printer drivers for Windows Print operations Print jobs are specified from the application software 1 o Open the data in the application and click File Then click Print from the menu gt Ifthe menu is not available click Print Check that the printer name has been selected in Printer Name or Select Printer gt Ifthe printer is not selected click to select the printer 3 The Print dialog box differs depending on the application 3 The printer name varies depending on the installation method The printer name can be changed if necessary The following window shows an example where the printer name is changed to Printer Name PS Print General Select Printer Printer Name FAX Printer Name PCL ie Printer Name PS Printer Name XPS Status Ready Print to file Preferences Location Comment Find Printer Page Range AI Number of copies 1 4 28 313 Cri coca tee Specify the print range and the number of copies to print Click Properties or Preferences to change the printer driver settings as
258. puter Windows MacOS or UNIX is an OS Outline font A type of fonts represented using lines and curves to display an outline of a character Larger size characters can be displayed on a screen or printed with no jagged edges PDF The acronym for Portable Document Format This is an electronically format ted document with file extension of pdf PDF is a PostScript based format and can be viewed using Adobe Acrobat Reader a free viewer software PDL The acronym for Page Description Language This is a language used to in struct a page printer about images being printed on each page Peer to peer A type of network where the connected devices can be communicate with each other without using a dedicated server Plug and play A mechanism used to immediately detect a peripheral device when it is plugged into a computer and search for an appropriate driver automatically so that the device becomes operable PostScript A typical page descriptive language developed by Adobe and commonly used for high quality printing PPD The acronym for PostScript Printer Description This is a file with the descrip tion of resolution available paper sizes and other information specific to a PostScript printer model Preview A function allowing you to view a result image before being actually proc essed for printing or scanning Print job A print request transmitted from a computer to a printing device Print queue A software sy
259. r 81 Copy Counter Total Large Size Print Counter Logout cel a Network Error Code Display Total Setting Large Size gt Reset Scan Fax Counter License Settings Print Scans gt Edit FontMacro M pa 104 Large Size 0 0 Job Log Fax TX Fax RX o Paper Size Type Counter Paper Size Paper Type Count Not Specified n 8 12 x 14 Not Specified 0 812 x11 Not Specified o 51 2 x8 1 2 Not Specified o a3 Not Specified 0 Ba Not Specified o B5 Not Specified 0 m Not Specified 0 A5 Not Specified o Others Not Specified 0 13 12 ineo 223 283 363 423 13 2 Login and Logout 1 3 Logging in as the User Box Administrator You can log in to the user mode as an administrator to delete a job when User Authentication is enabled in this machine If necessary you can log in to the user mode as a User Box administrator when the User Box administrator is enabled using the control panel gt Inthe login page select Administrator and click Login 3 To log in to the user mode as a User Box administrator select User Box Administrator and enter the User Box administrator s password Web Connection Select Login Administrator Admin Mode Administrator User Mode C User Box Administrator Password Help Display Setting Help Display is a network only function On Mouse on
260. r Box This is the same window as that appears when you specify Save in User Box or Save in User Box and Print in Output Method User Authentication This is the same window as that appears when you select the User Au thentication check box in Output Method Account Track This is the same window as that appears when you select the Account Track check box in Output Method Administrator Settings Select this option to display the window for changing the display settings of the User Authentication Settings window and changing the Encryption Passphrase Reference e Secure Print and Save in User Box are available only when a Hard Disk is installed ineo 223 283 363 423 9 13 Parameter details 9 5 Function Name Administrator Settings User Authentication Account Track Popup Authentication Dialog when printing M User Authentication M Account Track ecure Print Encryption Passphrase l Encryption Passphrase User Authentication Server Settings Enhanced Server Fort E Cancel 0k Description Popup Authentication Dia log when printing Select this check box to display the User Authentication Account Track or Secure Print window when specifying printing prompting entering the user name account name document ID and password Encryption Passphrase Any string used to encrypt communication with this machine If the encryption passphrase for the mac
261. r Box Settings screen press ID amp Print Delete after Print Setting E Use the menu buttons or keypad to make a selection ministrator Settings gt System Settings gt User Box Settings 1 Delete Unused User Box 6 Document Hold Setting A MA gt Encrypted PDF Delete Tine 9 ID amp Print Delete Tine 0 Ea 4 y META ime i 4 01 09 2010 16 45 Memory 100 4 Press the desired button Spegigy the operation settings for printing amp Print user Box documents an Spool documents Select Always letel if you do not want the Onfirmation Screen to display every ime you delete documents Qgmanistrator Settings gt User Box Settings gt ID amp Print Delete After Print Setting User Box Settings 01 09 2010 16 46 Memory 100 5 Press OK ineo 223 283 363 423 12 43 12 Administrator Settings 12 4 12 4 7 Skip Job Operation Settings Specify whether to start processing for the next job when the current job stops due to running out of paper in the paper tray Default Yes e Yes Select this option to give precedence to processing of other job while maintaining the stopped job in the queued state The queued job is processed after the problem is solved This function is helpful because it prevents other jobs from queuing for simple reasons such as paper in a specific paper tray running out o No If a single job is stopped all other jobs are queued for pr
262. r Model select GENERIC select the desired model from the list of model names and then click Add When the selected printer is registered in the Printer List the setting procedure is completed ineo 223 283 363 423 5 1 Mac OS X 10 2 10 3 10 4 10 5 10 6 Configuring the IPP settings TCP IP Settings for the machine Specify the IP address for the machine IPP Settings for the machine In IPP Settings for the machine enable IPP printing C Reference For details on specifying the IP address for the machine refer to the User s Guide Network Administrator For details on the IPP Settings for the machine refer to the User s Guide Network Administrator Configuring the TCP IP settings for the computer Configure the TCP IP settings for the Macintosh computer connected to the printer N eh D a O In the Apple Menu select System Preferences Click the Network icon From Show select Built in Ethernet Click the TCP IP tab Select the Configure item and configure the settings including the IP address and subnet mask ac cording to the settings for the network to which the Macintosh computer is connected Click the close button at the top left corner of the window 3 When the This service has unsaved changes or Apply configuration changes message appears click Apply Adding a printer Select Macintosh HD Applications Utilities where the driver h
263. r PDA and saving in a User Box Default Restrict e Allow Allow printing from a cellular phone or PDA and saving in a User Box e Restrict Not allow printing from a cellular phone or PDA or saving in a User Box Reference e Cellular Phone PDA Setting is displayed when the optional Local Interface Kit EK 605 is installed while Bluetooth Setting is enabled in this machine For details refer to the User s Guide Network Ad ministrator To enable a Bluetooth communication contact your service representative in advance 1 In the Administrator Settings screen press System Connection 3 For details on displaying the Administrator Settings screen refer to page 12 36 2 Inthe System Connection screen press Cellular Phone PDA Setting 3 Press the desired button The Cellular Phone PDA Use Permission setting is complete utility Administrator Settings Systen Connection 01 09 2010 16 51 Memory 1007 4 Press OK The Mobile PDA Settings is specified 12 54 ineo 223 283 363 423 12 4 Administrator Settings 1 2 12 4 18 Print Data Capture Specify whether to allow or prohibit data capturing of a print job Default Allow Reference 1 For details on capturing data of a print job contact the technical representative In the Administrator Settings screen press Security Settings gt For details on displaying the Administrator Settings screen refer to page 12 36 In the Security Settings s
264. r driver DVD ROM for Windows into the DVD ROM drive of the computer Click Start and then select Settings Printers Double click the Add Printer icon Add Printer Wizard appears Click Next In the Local or Network Printer page select Network printer and then click Next gt In the Locate Your Printer page select Connect to a printer on the Internet or your intranet In the URL field enter the URL for the machine in the following format and then click Next gt http lt IP address for the machine gt ipp Example When the IP address for the machine is 192 168 1 20 http 192 168 1 20 ipp 3 When specifying to use IPPS printing enter https lt IP address for the machine gt ipp When the confirmation dialog box appears click OK Click Have Disk Click Browse ineo 223 283 363 423 4 23 Windows 2000 4 3 11 Select a desired printer driver folder in the DVD ROM and then click Open 3 Select a folder according to the printer driver operating system and language to be used Selectable printer drivers PCL driver PS driver and fax driver 12 Click OK The Printer list appears A Click OK A Follow the instructions on the pages that follow em wl Click Finish gt Ifthe Digital Signature window appears click Yes 16 After finishing the installation make sure that the icon for the installed printer is displayed in the
265. r of copies in the header footer Edit Specify the distribution control number conditions Pages Specify the pages to be printed Reference e Print Device Image of the Overlay function is available only for the PCL driver e Print Device Image of the Overlay function is available only when a Hard Disk is installed The function of Obtain Device Information is available only when your computer is connected to and can communicate with the machine To use Obtain Device Information in Administrator Settings of the machine set System Connection OpenAPI Settings Authentication to OFF For details refer to page 12 53 Copy Guard and Password Copy are available when Password Copy and Copy Guard are set to Yes in Administrator Settings Security Settings Security Details under this machine while the op tional Security Kit SC 507 is installed For details refer to the User s Guide Copy Operations ineo 223 283 363 423 Parameter details 8 4 Editing watermark Function Name Edit Watermark x A Curent Watermark 100 URGENT 4 Watermark Name CIRCULAR URGENT WITHDRAW E l f NO REPRODUCTION Watermark Text TOP SECRET URGENT INTERNAL USE z 2 IMPORTANT Add FT Delete Down 100 3 Font Name Size J Arial y 72 El Point 7 600 100 100 Postion 100 100 Sie Frome Regul Ne X M o mi legular lone F Density Fs oo Center Oo g V
266. r to page 11 33 ineo 223 283 363 423 12 57 1 2 Administrator Settings 12 4 12 58 ineo 223 283 363 423 1 3 Web Connection 13 1 Using Web Connection 1 3 13 Web Connection 13 1 Using Web Connection Web Connection is a device control utility provided by the HTTP server built in the printer controller Using a Web browser on a computer connected to the network you can change machine settings and check the status of the machine Using this utility you can configure some settings which are to be handled in the con trol panel of this machine through your computer and also smoothly enter characters 13 1 1 Operating environment Operating environment Network Ethernet TCP IP Applications on compu Web browser ter For Windows NT4 0 2000 XP Server 2003 Vista Server 2008 7 Microsoft Internet Explorer Ver 6 7 8 JavaScript and Cookies enabled e Netscape Navigator 7 02 or later JavaScript and Cookies enabled Mozilla Firefox 1 0 or later JavaScript and Cookies enabled For Macintosh MacOS 9 x MacOS X e Netscape Navigator 7 02 or later JavaScript and Cookies enabled Mozilla Firefox 1 0 or later JavaScript and Cookies enabled For Linux e Netscape Navigator 7 02 or later JavaScript and Cookies enabled Mozilla Firefox 1 0 or later JavaScript and Cookies enabled Adobe Flash Player e Plug in Ver 7 0 or later required to select Flash as the display format e Plug
267. r to print contents configured in Stamp Composition on blank pag Settings es Skip Job Opera Specify whether to skip a job tion Settings Flash Display Setting Specify whether to allow or restrict the flash display System Connec tion Setting Configure the automatic setting of Prefix Suffix or the setting for printing data in a cellular phone In Application Connection Setting specify whether to cancel a connection from this machine to My Panel Manager Display Setting Select the display mode in the administrator mode from Tab Function Display or List Function Display Outline PDF Set ting Reference The following functions are available only when a Hard Disk is installed Delete Unused User Box Delete Secure Print File Delete Time Setting Document Delete Time Set ting and ID amp Print Delete Time in User Box Setting User Box Setting External Memory Function Settings USB to User Box System Connection Setting Application Connection Setting Specify whether to outline text 13 5 8 Security Ge Administrator togout 2 FH Ready to Scan 2 Display To Main Menu y Phi Settings Device Certificate List New Registration FISSI MEUM Default Issuer Subject Wal Detail Setting TESTI 2456 test TEST1 23456 test 07 09 2009 Derai Setting Setting gt Certificate Veri
268. rdinarily drive C where the client computer s operating sys tem is installed 2 Onthe print server the drive example C of the client computer which is shared in Step 1 is as signed as the network drive example z Install the 32 bit operating system driver on the print server Open the Print Properties window of the created printer Select the Sharing tab and select the Share This Printer check box Click Additional Drivers The additional drivers page appears Select the x64 check box in the Processor column and click OK Specify the folder that contains the 64 bit operating system driver This displays a page to request a setup information file Y Click Browse and specify the setup information file ntprint inf in the client computer to which the net work drive is assigned 3 Specify the following file z Windows System32 DriverStore FileRepository ntprint inf_xxx 3 In this path z indicates the network drive that was assigned the above path varies depending on the driver version 3 The setup information file may be stored at a different location depending on your client computer If folder amd64 resides in the same hierarchy as that of ntprint inf specify a setup information file for 64 bit operating system under that folder To additionally install a 32 bit operating system driver specify a setup information file under folder i386 that is in the same hierarchy as that of ntprint i
269. re for installing the Windows printer driver using the standard Windows Add Printer function Windows Vista Server 2008 7 For network connection LPR Port 9100 SMB In Windows Vista Server 2008 7 you can install the printer driver either by searching for the printer on the network or by creating a new printer port Settings for the machine Before using Port9100 LPR or SMB printing you must configure the network settings for the machine Items to be configured Description IP address In TCP IP Settings of the machine specify the IP address RAW port number To use Port9100 printing In TCP IP Settings for the machine enable the RAW port number initial setting 9100 LPD Setting To use LPR printing In LPD Setting for the machine enable LPD printing SMB Setting To use SMB printing At Print Settings in SMB Settings for the machine specify NetBl OS Name Print Service Name and Workgroup C Reference For details on the network settings for the machine refer to the User s Guide Network Administrator To use SMB printing in the IPv6 environment Direct Hosting Setting for the machine must be enabled For details refer to User s Gu de Network Administrator Installing the printer driver by searching for the printer using the Add Printer Wizard v X Installing the driver to Windows Vista Server 2008 7 based computers requires the administrator au thority v Since the printer is sear
270. rinter can be specified either by searching for the printer on the network or by entering the printer name directly Settings for the machine To use SMB printing you must configure the network settings for the machine in advance Items to be configured Description IP address In TCP IP Settings of the machine specify the IP address SMB Setting To use SMB printing At Print Settings in SMB Settings for the machine specify NetBI OS Name Print Service Name and Workgroup C Reference For details on the network settings for the machine refer to the User s Guide Network Administrator To use SMB printing in the IPv6 environment Direct Hosting Setting for the machine must be enabled For details refer to User s Guide Network Administrator Installing the printer driver by specifying the printer using the Add Printer Wizard v X Installing the driver to Windows XP Server 2003 based computers requires the administrator authority Insert the printer driver DVD ROM for Windows into the DVD ROM drive of the computer 2 Click Start and then select Printers and Faxes 3 lf Printers and Faxes is not displayed in the Start menu open Control Panel from the Start menu click Printers and Other Hardware then click Printers and Faxes In Windows XP select Add a printer from the Printer Tasks menu In Windows Server 2003 double click Add Printer Add Printer Wizard appears 4 Click Next gt
271. river Packaging Utility change the printer driver used as the package source to the desired My Tab position to copy the printer setting in the Driver Packaging Util ity settings For details on the Driver Packaging Utility settings refer to the Driver Packaging Utility Help C Reference For details on the My Tab function refer to page 8 1 1 Registering the default settings The settings for the machine functions configured when printing can only be applied while using the applica tion When you exit the application the settings return to their default settings To register the settings change the printer driver basic settings default settings Open the Printers Devices and Printers or Printers and Faxes window 3 In Windows Vista Server 2008 click Start open Control Panel and then click Printers in Hard ware and Sound When Control Panel is displayed in Classic View double click Printers 3 In Windows 7 Server 2008 R2 click Start then Devices and Printers 3 In Windows 7 Server 2008 R2 if Devices and Printers is not displayed in the Start menu open Control Panel from the Start menu and select View devices and printers under Hardware and Soung In Windows XP Server 2003 click Start then Printers and Faxes In Windows XP Server 2003 if Printers and Faxes is not displayed in the Start menu open Con trol Panel from the Start menu select Printers and Other Hardware t
272. rvice represent ative Setting value of number of sheets that can be folded 1 to 3 Default 3 1 In the User Settings screen press Copier Settings For details on displaying the User Settings screen refer to page 12 3 2 Switch the page by pressing 1 or and then press Half Fold Specification JobList Select item and enter setting ility gt User Settings Copier Settings Utility User Settings Half Fold Specification Multiple Sheets 01 09 2010 16 41 Memory 1007 3 Press the desired button E ob List Select job setting ility gt User Settings Copier Settings Job Setting o Multiple Sheets 01 09 2010 16 42 Memory 100 ineo 223 283 363 423 12 35 1 2 Basic operations in Administrator Settings 12 3 12 3 Basic operations in Administrator Settings 12 3 1 Displaying the Administrator Settings screen 1 Press the Utility Counter key Utility Counter CL 2 Press Administrator Settings f Use the menu buttons or keypad to make a selection Job List Utility 1 Qne TouchsUser Box Registration 4 Meter Count Total 4 2 User Settings Black 4 3 Administrator Settings e Device Information 4 Check Consumable Life Check Details 01 09 2010 16 29 Close Memory 100 3 Enter the password and then press OK 3 For details on setting or changing the password refer to the
273. s System Settings Dutput Settings Print Fax Output Set tings to display the Print Fax Output Setting screen e For details on the administrator security levels refer to the User s Guide Copy Operations 12 38 ineo 223 283 363 423 12 4 Administrator Settings 1 2 12 4 2 Output Tray Settings Configure the default output tray settings Default Print Tray 2 1 In the Administrator Settings screen press System Settings 3 For details on displaying the Administrator Settings screen refer to page 12 36 2 inthe System Settings screen press Output Settings 3 Inthe Output Settings screen press Output Tray Settings E Use the menu buttons or keypad to make a selection ministrator Settings gt System Settings gt Output Settings 1 Print Fax Output Settings 2 Output Tray Settings 4 Shift Output Each Job 01 09 2010 16 43 Close Menory 100 The Output Tray Settings screen appears 4 Press the desired button The default setting for each function can be specified Tray 3 Print Reports 01 09 2010 16 43 Memory 100 5 Press OK The output tray is set ineo 223 283 363 423 12 39 12 Administrator Settings 12 4 12 4 3 Delete Secure Print Documents This function deletes all the secure print documents saved Reference This function can be specified only when a Hard Disk is installed 1 4 5 In th
274. s Printer Settings 3 For details on displaying the User Settings screen refer to page 12 3 Press Basic Settings Switch the page by pressing 1 or and then press Line Width Adjustment Job List Press the desired button Job List Select item and enter setting Utility gt Printer Settings gt Basic Settings Banner Sheet Setting OFF Binding Direction Adjustment Finishing Priority Line Width Adjustment Thin exe Garreceion ON 01 09 2010 16 31 Memory 100 B Select job setting Utility gt Printer Settings gt Basic Settings Job Setting Banner Sheet Setting OFF Fene Garreceion 01 09 2010 16 32 Memory 1007 12 12 ineo 223 283 363 423 12 2 User settings 12 12 2 9 Gray Background Text Correction Letters or lines on a gray background may look thicker than those on a non gray background This feature allows you to correct the line width setting e ON Select this option to make the width of letters and lines on a gray background identical to that of those letters and lines on a non gray background e OFF Select this option to not make a correction 1 In the User Settings screen press Printer Settings 3 For details on displaying the User Settings screen refer to page 12 3 2 Press Basic Settings 3 Switch the page by pressing 1 or and then press Gray Background Text Correction Job
275. s or Devices and Printers window Remove the DVD ROM from the DVD ROM drive This completes the printer driver installation ineo 223 283 363 423 4 1 Windows Vista Server 2008 7 4 Installing the printer driver by creating a printer port v v Installing the driver to Windows Vista Server 2008 7 based computers requires the administrator au thority Since the printer is searched for during the installation be sure to connect this machine to the network before turning it on Insert the printer driver DVD ROM for Windows into the DVD ROM drive of the computer Click Start and then select Control Panel Select the printer functions from Hardware and Sound 3 In Windows Vista Server 2008 click Printers under Hardware and Sound When Control Panel is displayed in Classic View double click Printers 3 In Windows 7 Server 2008 R2 click View devices and printers under Hardware and Sound When Control Panel is displayed in an icon view double click Devices and Printers On the toolbar select the additional printer information 3 In Windows Vista Server 2008 click Add a printer on the toolbar 3 In Windows 7 Server 2008 R2 click Add a printer on the toolbar The Add Printer wizard appears Click Add a local printer The Choose a printer port dialog box appears Click Create a new port and then select the port type 3 To use the LPR Port9100 protocol select Standard TCP
276. s save the printer driver settings For OS 9 2 click Save Settings in the Print window to save the settings C Reference For details on the function and settings of the printer driver refer to page 10 6 Reference r Finishing Options 1 873 Printer Printer Name Destination a Offset Output Tray Binding Position Print Type Combination Punch Cg e The settings in the Page Setup dialog box cannot be saved ineo 223 283 363 423 10 5 10 Parameter details 10 3 10 3 10 3 1 10 3 2 Parameter details The printer driver function settings can be configured in Page Attributes in the Page Setup dialog box or Layout or Finishing Options in the Print window Page Attributes From the File menu select in Page Setup LaserWriter 8 Page Setup Page Attributes Ju Orientation Scale 100 Function Name Description Paper Specify the output paper size Orientation Select the orientation for the original Scale Select an enlarge or reduce ratio Reference e To use paper of which the size is other than the standard sizes specify the custom paper size For de tails on registering the custom size refer to page 10 6 Specifying the custom page sizes Select Custom Page Sizes in the Page Setup dialog box 1 From the File menu select Page Setup 2 Select Custom Page Sizes 3 Click N
277. s as recommended for your operating system Memory Memory capacity as recommended for your operating system Sufficient memory resource is required for your operating system and the appli cations to be used Drive DVD ROM drive Macintosh Macintosh Operating system Mac OS 9 2 0S X 10 2 8 10 3 10 4 10 5 10 6 CPU PowerPC Intel Processor Intel Processor must be Mac OS X 10 4 10 5 10 6 only Memory Memory capacity as recommended for your operating system Drive DVD ROM drive ineo 223 283 363 423 2 7 Operating environment 2 2 2 2 2 Interfaces used for connection To connect this printing system to a computer the following interfaces can be used Ethernet Use this interface to use this printing system via a network connection It supports 1000Base T 100Base TX and 10Base T standards In addition TCP IP LPD LPR IPP SMB Web services IPX SPX NetWare AppleTalk EtherTalk protocols are supported USB interface Use this interface to use this printing system via a USB connection The USB interface can be connected to a computer running Windows A USB cable is required for connection Use a type A 4 pin male or type B 4 pin male USB cable A USB cable measuring three meters or less is recommended Connection diagram The printer cables are connected to each port on this machine Back side of the machine
278. screen by pressing Close until either the Copy Fax Scan or User Box screen appears 3 To return through the hierarchy of the Utility menu press Close until the desired screen appears Alternatively press an item in the upper hierarchy in the sub menu area to return to the item 12 4 ineo 223 283 363 423 12 2 User settings 12 12 2 User settings 12 2 1 PDL Setting Configure settings for the Page Description Language Default Auto e Auto Select this option to automatically switch between PCL and PS e PCL Select this option to use PCL only PS Select this option to use PS only 1 In the User Settings screen press Printer Settings 3 For details on displaying the User Settings screen refer to page 12 3 Job List 2 Press Basic Settings 3 Press PDL Setting se the menu buttons or keypad to make a selection 2 HETS Wes gt o s 0170972010 16 30 Close Memory 1007 se the menu buttons or keypad to make a selection Utility gt User Settings gt Printer Settings 1 Basic Settings Print Reports A Paper Setting TIFF Image Paper Setting 4 7 4 Z 6 7 PCL Settings PS Setting XPS Settings 01 09 2010 16 30 Memory 1007 elect item and enter setting Utility gt Printer Settings gt Basic Settings PDL Setting Auto 01 09 2010 16 31 Memory 100 ineo 223 283 363 423 12 5 12
279. ser name or password Enter the correct user name or password Different encryption passphras es may be specified for the printer driver and the machine Specify the same encryption passphrase for the machine and the printer driver Memory of the computer may be insufficient Perform a test printing to check whether printing is possible Network connection with the printer controller is not estab lished when connecting via the network Contact your network administra tor This machine may be in the en hanced security mode Configure authentication settings in the enhanced security mode For details contact the printer ad ministrator Printing order is disturbed a job sent later is printed before the preceding jobs An error may have occurred on the printer for a reason such as running out of paper When Skip Job Operation Set tings is enabled in the Adminis trator Settings of the printer only the jobs without a problem are processed and those with any problem are held in queue Secure print is not available The password rules may be en abled on the machine Specify a password according to the password rules Different encryption passphras es may be specified for the printer driver and the machine Specify the same encryption passphrase for the machine and the printer driver Jobs saved in a User Box have disappeared Jobs saved in a User Box may
280. sing such a program the watermark cannot be printed The staple function cannot be specified The staple function requires the optional Finisher FS 527 or Finisher FS 529 Install the required options and enable them on the printer driver Available paper types vary de pending on the option installa tion status For Finisher FS 527 stapling cannot be performed when the paper type is set to Envelope Thick 2 or Transparency For Finisher FS 529 stapling cannot be performed when the paper type is set to Envelope Thick 1 Thick 2 or Transparen cy Check the setting of each item of the printer driver Cannot staple When printing a large number of pages stapling cannot be per formed Change the number of pages to be printed If the document contains pages of different sizes stapling can not be performed Check the document The stapling position is not as expected The orientation setting is not correct Check the stapling position in the printer driver settings ineo 223 283 363 423 14 5 14 Cannot configure the settings Cannot print according to the settings 14 2 Problem Possible Cause Remedy Cannot specify the punch func tion The optional Finisher FS 527 and Punch Kit are required Install the required options and enable them on the printer driver The hole punching cannot be specified when Booklet Trans parency or Envelope
281. splayed in Classic View double click Printers In Windows 2000 click Start and then select Settings Printers 2 Open Printer Properties gt gt In Windows 2000 XP Vista Server 2003 Server 2008 right click the icon of the installed printer and click Properties In Windows 7 Server 2008 R2 right click the icon of the installed printer and click Printer Proper ties Configure tab Printer Name PCL Properties Es General Sharing Pots Advanced Color Management Securty Configure Settings Device Option Am EN SH ma Paper Source Unt PC 208 Finisher FS 527 JS 603 y Punch Unit PK517 2 3Hole Saddle Kit SD 509 Hard Disk Installed Secure Print Only Of User Authentication ON Device Setting Paper Tray Information Tray Size Direction Paper Type Te 8120 LEF Plain Paper Try2 812 LEF Plain Paper Try3 81 2 11 DEF Plain Paper Try4 812x11 DEF Plain Paper Paper Tray Settings E Encryption Passphrase Software Tools Obtain Device information Mb Comedia Obtain Settings lata m Imm emm Specify the model name used and presence or absence of the installed options user authentication and ac count track functions and then allow the printer driver to use the functions of the machine Item Name Functions Device Option Configure the model name of the machine and the status of the installed printer options and user authenticat
282. stalled the printer driver you need to change the initialization conditions such as options user authentication and account track functions and enable functions of the machine from the Printing Pref erences window of the printer driver NOTICE f the model name installed options user authentication and account track functions for the machine are not specified on the Configure tab the option functions cannot be used from the Printing Preferences window of the printer driver Be sure to configure the settings for the installed options Displaying the Properties window 1 Open the Printers Devices and Printers or Printers and Faxes window gt gt gt y y gt In Windows Vista Server 2008 click Start open Control Panel and then click Printers in Hard ware and Sound When Control Panel is displayed in Classic View double click Printers In Windows 7 Server 2008 R2 click Start then Devices and Printers In Windows 7 Server 2008 R2 if Devices and Printers is not displayed in the Start menu open Control Panel from the Start menu and select View devices and printers under Hardware and Sound In Windows XP Server 2003 click Start then Printers and Faxes In Windows XP Server 2003 if Printers and Faxes is not displayed in the Start menu open Con trol Panel from the Start menu select Printers and Other Hardware then Printers and Faxes When Control Panel is di
283. stem used by a spooler to save generated print jobs Printer buffer A memory area temporarily used for processing data of print jobs Printer driver Software that works as a bridge between a computer and a printer Property Attribute information When using a printer driver different functions can be configured by utilizing its properties By using properties of a file you can check the attribute information about the file Protocol A rule enabling a computer to communicate with other computers or periph erals Proxy server A server that is installed to act as an intermediary connection between each client and different servers to effectively ensure security over the entire sys tem for Internet connections PServer A print server module available in NetWare environments This module mon itors changes pauses restarts or cancels print jobs Queue name A logical printer name required for LPD LPR printing A name assigned to each device for allowing printing to the device via net work Resolution The resolution value indicates how much detail of an object can be repro duced precisely on an image or a print matter RGB The acronym for Red Green and Blue The RGB are the primary three colors used for monitor and other devices producing any of the full colors by changing their brightness ratio 15 16 ineo 223 283 363 423 Glossary 15 Term Description RIP The
284. t SMB A network connection using SMB Server Message Block for shar ing files or printers in Windows It supports the TCP IP protocol IPP IPPS A network connection using the IPP Internet Printing Protocol print service Printing via the In ternet is possible with the HTTP HyperText Transfer Protocol of the TCP IP protocol IPPS is an IPP for SSL encrypted communi cation USB A connection using a USB port Connection meth USB A connection using a USB port Windows XP Server od in which plug 2003 p 4 19 and play based Windows 2000 p 4 25 setup is possible Reference e To use Windows 2000 XP Server 2008 log on to the computer using a user name with the Administra tor privileges and then install the printer driver EQ Reference Before you can use this machine in the network environment you must configure network settings for this machine For details refer to User s Guide Network Administrator 3 3 3 Mac OS X 10 2 10 3 10 4 10 5 10 6 Setup procedures Connection method Reference page Connection meth Bonjour A network connection using Bon p 5 3 od in which setup jour and Rendezvous i ibl i d AppleTalk A network connection using Ap pleTalk LPR A network connection using the LPR print service IPP A network connection using the IPP print service Reference e AppleTalk connection supports Mac OS X 10 2 10 3 10 4 10 5 only ER Reference Before you can use this machine in the network environment you must configure net
285. t CR LF Mapping Mode2 XCR CR LF gt CR LF FF gt CR FF Mode3 CR gt CR LF LF gt CR LF FF gt CR FF gt 01 09 2010 16 37 Memory 100 5 Press OK 12 2 22 Print PS Errors Specify whether to print the error message when an error occurs during PS rasterization Default OFF 1 In the User Settings screen press Printer Settings 3 For details on displaying the User Settings screen refer to page 12 3 2 Press PS Setting Job List se the menu buttons or keypad to make a selection Utility gt User Settings gt Printer Settings E NENIDICONNN AECE 01 09 2010 16 30 Close Memory 100 3 Press Print PS Errors Job List elect item and enter setting Utility gt Printer Settings gt PS Setting Print PS Errors OFF Utility User Settings Printer Settings 01 09 2010 16 38 Memory 1007 12 26 ineo 223 283 363 423 12 2 User settings 12 4 Press the desired button Job List List Select job setting ility gt Printer Settings gt PS Setting Job Setting a 01 09 2010 16 38 Memory 100 12 2 23 Verify XPS Digital Signature Specify whether to perform digital signature verification in XPS printing When ON is specified for the sig nature verification the document without a valid digital signature is not printed Default OFF 1 In the User Settings screen press Printer Settings For details on displaying the User
286. t 802 3 Ethernet II Ethernet SNAP Supported protocols TCP IP IPv4 1Pv6 BOOTP ARP ICMP DHCP DHCPv6 AutolP SLP SNMP FTP LPR LPD RAW Socket SMB over TCP IP IPP HTTP POP SMTP LDAP NTP SSL IPX SPX AppleTalk Bonjour NetBEUI WebDAV DPWS S MIME IPsec DNS DynamicDNS LLMNR LLTD Printer language PCL5 c6 Emulation PCL XL ver 3 0 Emulation PostScript 3 Emulation 3016 XPS ver 1 0 Operating environment conditions Temperature 10 to 30 degrees Centigrade Humidity 15 to 85 RH Resolution Data 600 x 600 dpi Print and Fax functions processing 400 x 400 dpi Fax function 200 x 200 dpi Fax function Print 600 dpi x 600 dpi Supported paper sizes Maximum standard size Fonts Built in fonts lt PCL gt European 80 fonts lt PostScript 3 Emulation gt European 137 fonts Compatible computer IBM PC or compatible and Macintosh PowerPC Intel Processor Intel Processor is for Mac OS X 10 4 10 5 10 6 only ineo 223 283 363 423 15 3 15 Product specifications 15 1 Item Specifications Printer driver PCL Driver PCL driver Windows 2000 Professional Service Pack 4 or later Windows 2000 Server Service Pack 3 or later Windows XP Home Edition Service Pack 1 or later Windows XP Professional Service Pack 1 or later Windows Server 2003 Standard Edition Serv ice Pack 1 or later Windows Server 2003 Enterprise Edition Ser
287. t a paper type to be used for printing the machine It can be changed only when Paper Tray is set to Auto When Paper Tray is not set to Auto the paper types registered in Paper Settings for Each Tray are availa ble ineo 223 283 363 423 8 13 Parameter details 8 4 Function Name Option Description Output Method Print Select this option to print immediately Secure Print Select this option to save the document to be printed in Secure Document User Box of the machine When printing entering the ID and Password is required from the control panel of the machine Select this op tion when printing highly confidential documents Save in User Box Select this option to save the document to be printed in a User Box of the machine Save in User Box and Print Select this option to save the document in a User Box and print at the same time Proof Print After one copy of the document is printed the machine stops printing temporarily Select this option to avoid misprinting a large volume of print jobs ID amp Print Select this option to save the document to be printed in ID amp Print User Box of the machine When printing user authentication must be performed via the control panel of the machine User Settings Specify the ID and password or the file name and User Box number when performing Secure Print or Save in User Box Authentica ti
288. t and the User Box Number for the save location ox emn j p J we 4 Print the document Secure Print f Save in User Box File Name User Box Number Operate the followings on the printer s control panel in order to use the documents which is printed by secure print 4 m User Box button gt System gt Secure Max 9 Type in File Name and User Box Number that are used with Save in User Box 3 The file name and the User Box number required for saving data in the User Box can be registered in advance on User Setting of the Basic tab To use the same file name and User Box number whenever you save documents register them in advance so that the screen to prompt entering the file name and User Box number does not appear when you select Save in User Box For Mac OSX 1 Display the Output Method window 2 Select Save in User Box or Save in User Box and Print in Output Method Paper View O Detailed Information S120 v 8 1 2x11 PRE Printer Information Output Method W M Collate O Offset Output Method Y Print Secure Print Save in User Box and Print Proof Print ID amp Print Detail Settings Cara CD 11 14 ineo 223 283 363 423 11 3 Save in User Box 1 1 3 Enter the File Name of the document and the User Box Number for the save location Save in User Box Es File Name s a User Box N
289. t data of the size corresponding to the full standard size selecting W of the standard size paper for original size enables the data to be printed at the center of paper larger than the original size For example if you want to center and print 8 1 2 x 11 size data on 11 x 17 sized paper create data with the 8 1 2 x 11W size and then using the printer driver set Original Size to 8 1 2 x 11W and specify the paper tray to be used as Paper Tray Load the 11 x 17 sized paper in the desired tray in the machine and select the tray in Paper of the Basic page on the control panel To print on custom sized paper use the bypass tray select Change Tray Settings Custom Size and enter the desired paper size Specify Side2 when printing on the back side of paper User of Paper Type is the frequently used paper type registered on the machine side For details on registering the user paper refer to the User s Guide Copy Operations In Output Method Secure Print Save in User Box Save in User Box Print and ID amp Print are avail able only when a Hard Disk is installed 8 14 ineo 223 283 363 423 8 4 Parameter details RA Reference For details on the paper sizes loadable in the paper trays refer to the User s Guide Copy Operations For details on the output method refer to page 11 3 8 4 3 Layout tab Printin
290. t in Page Setup Settings Page Attributes Ex Format for Printer Name lod A EIIPS Paper Size 8 1 2x11 el 8 50 by 11 00 inches Orientation Ts JE Scale 100 X G Cancel Cox gt Function Name Option Description Paper Size The paper sizes regis Specify the output paper size tered as the standard pa per sizes and custom sizes that can be used with the machine Manage Custom Sizes OS X 10 4 10 5 10 6 Orientation Portrait Landscape Select the orientation for the original Scale Select an enlarge or reduce ratio Varies depending on the version of OS X Reference To use paper of which the size is other than the standard sizes specify the custom paper size For de tails on registering the custom size refer to page 9 9 To print data of the size corresponding to the full standard size selecting W of the standard size paper for paper size enables the data to be printed at the center of paper larger than the original size For example if you want to center and print 8 1 2 x 11 size data on 11 x 17 sized paper create data with the 8 1 2 x 11W size and then using the printer driver set Paper Size to 8 1 2 x 11W and specify the paper tray to be used as Paper Tray Load the 11 x 17 sized paper in the desired tray in the machine and select the tray in Paper of the Basic page on the control panel To print on custom sized paper
291. tallation For network connection IPP IPPS To use IPP printing specify the port while installing the printer driver Settings for the machine To use IPP printing you must configure the network settings for the machine in advance Items to be configured Description IP address In TCP IP Settings of the machine specify the IP address IPP Setting In IPP Settings for the machine enable IPP printing C Reference For details on the network settings for the machine refer to the User s Guide Network Administrator Before you can use IPPS printing you must register a certificate with this machine You can use the self signed certificate that is preinstalled in this machine For details refer to User s Guide Network Administra tor Installing the printer driver using the Add Printer Wizard v Installing the driver to Windows XP Server 2003 based computers requires the administrator authority Insert the printer driver DVD ROM for Windows into the DVD ROM drive of the computer Click Start and then select Printers and Faxes 3 f Printers and Faxes is not displayed in the Start menu open Control Panel from the Start menu click Printers and Other Hardware then click Printers and Faxes In Windows XP select Add a printer from the Printer Tasks menu In Windows Server 2003 double click Add Printer Add Printer Wizard appears Click Next gt In the Local or Network Printer
292. ter and click Print Server Properties on the toolbar 3 In Windows 2000 XP Server 2003 click the File menu then Server Properties 3 If the User Account Control window appears click Continue or Yes Click the Driver tab From the Installed printer drivers list select the printer driver to be removed and then click Re move 3 In Windows Vista Server 2008 7 go to Step 8 3 In Windows 2000 XP Server 2003 go to Step 9 Select Remove driver and driver package or Remove driver and driver package in the dialog box for confirming deletion target and then click OK In the dialog box for confirming if you are sure to remove the printer click Yes 3 In Windows Vista Server 2008 7 the dialog box appears to reconfirm if you are sure Click Unin stall Close the open windows and then restart the computer 3 Be sure to restart the computer This completes removing the printer driver ineo 223 283 363 423 7 3 Windows 7 1 Reference In Windows 2000 XP Server 2003 even if the printer driver is deleted using the preceding method the model information file will remain in the computer For this reason when reinstalling the same version of the printer driver the driver may not be rewritten In this case remove the following files as well Check the C WINDOWS system32 spool drivers w32x86 folder C WIN DOWS system32 spool drivers x64 folder in the x64 system and C WINNT system32 spoo
293. ter is registered in the Printer List the setting procedure is completed Configuring the AppleTalk settings Configuring the AppleTalk Settings for the machine Enable AppleTalk in AppleTalk Settings and then enter the printer name C Reference For details on the AppleTalk Settings for the machine refer to the User s Guide Network Administrator Configuring the AppleTalk settings for the computer Configure the AppleTalk settings for the Macintosh computer connected to the printer In the Apple Menu select System Preferences 2 Click the Network icon 3 From Show select Built in Ethernet Click the AppleTalk tab and then select the Make AppleTalk Active check box 5 Click the close button at the top left corner of the window 3 When the This service has unsaved changes or Apply configuration changes message appears click Apply Adding a printer Select Macintosh HD Applications Utilities where the driver has been installed and then double click Printer Setup Utility or Print Center to open it 2 When the You have no printers available window appears click Add When the printer list appears click Add gt If available printers have already been specified the You have no printers available window does not appear Select AppleTalk for the connection method and then select the zone to which the machine is con nected Connected printers are detected gt
294. tering it 3 For Port9100 select Raw and then enter a RAW port number initial setting 9100 in the Port Number box 12 Click Next gt 4 20 ineo 223 283 363 423 4 3 Windows 2000 4 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 Click Finish Add Printer Wizard appears Click Have Disk Click Browse Select a desired printer driver folder in the DVD ROM and then click Open 3 Select a folder according to the printer driver operating system and language to be used Selectable printer drivers PCL driver PS driver and fax driver Click OK The Printer list appears Click Next gt Follow the instructions on the pages that follow Click Finish gt Ifthe Digital Signature window appears click Yes After finishing the installation make sure that the icon for the installed printer is displayed in the Print ers window Remove the DVD ROM from the DVD ROM drive This completes the printer driver installation ineo 223 283 363 423 4 21 Windows 2000 4 8 4 3 2 For network connection SMB To use SMB printing specify the port by specifying the printer while installing the printer driver Settings for the machine To use SMB printing you must configure the network settings for the machine in advance Items to be configured Description IP address In TCP IP Settings of the machine specify the IP address SMB Setting To use SMB pri
295. th the HTTP HyperText Transfer Protocol of the TCP IP protocol IPPS is an IPP for SSL encrypted communi cation Web service It is a connection corresponding print to Web Service function of Win dows Vista Server 2008 7 and capable of automatically detect ing the printer on the network USB A connection using a USB port Connection meth USB A connection using a USB port p 4 11 od in which plug and play based setup is possible Reference e To use Windows Vista Server 2008 7 log on to the computer using a user name with Administrator priv ileges and then install the printer driver ER Reference Before you can use this machine in the network environment you must configure network settings for this machine For details refer to User s Guide Network Administrator To use IPPS connection use the Add Printer Wizard For details refer to page 4 7 3 6 ineo 223 283 363 423 3 3 Connection methods selectable in each operating system 3 3 2 Windows 2000 XP Server 2003 Setup procedures Connection method Reference page Connection meth LPR A network connection using the Windows XP Server od in which setup LPR Line Printer Remote print 2003 p 4 14 is possible using service It uses a TCP IP protocol Windows 2000 p 4 20 Add Printer Wizard and the LPR printing port Port9100 A network connection using the PORT9100 print service It uses a TCP IP protocol and the RAW printing por
296. the printer driver of the desired model name from the list that is displayed in another window 3 When OS X 10 5 is used select the Select a driver to use from the Print Using and then select the printer driver of the desired model name from the list 3 When OS X 10 4 is used select GENERIC from the Print Using and then select the printer driver of the desired model name from the list ineo 223 283 363 423 5 1 Mac OS X 10 2 10 3 10 4 10 5 10 6 5 Click Add When the selected printer is registered in the Print amp Fax the setting procedure is completed gt Ifthe Installable Options window appears proceed to change the option settings as necessary For details refer to page 9 5 Reference e For OS X 10 4 you can also add a printer by clicking Add in the Printer Setup Utility window Configuring the IPP settings TCP IP Settings for the machine Specify the IP address for the machine IPP Settings for the machine In IPP Settings for the machine enable IPP printing AM Reference For details on specifying the IP address for the machine refer to the User s Guide Network Administrator For details on the IPP Settings for the machine refer to the User s Guide Network Administrator Configuring the TCP IP settings for the computer Configure the TCP IP settings for the Macintosh computer connected to the printer 1 In the Apple Menu select System Preferences 4 Click the N
297. the Operating System ineo 223 283 363 423 3 Precautions for Installation 3 1 Introduction 3 m A Lbde S LLL 3 Precautions for Installation The following describes the information necessary for selecting a printer driver 3 1 Introduction This chapter describes the information you should keep in mind before installing the printer driver The procedure for installing the printer driver varies depending on how this machine is connected to the com puter operating system installed on the computer and type of the printer driver to be installed To determine the printer driver to be installed and connection method check the operating system of the computer and connection environment Select the installation method according to the printer driver and connection method ineo 223 283 363 423 3 3 3 Printer drivers compatible with respective operating systems 3 2 3 2 Printer drivers compatible with respective operating systems Before using this printing system you must install the printer driver The following lists the printer drivers included on the DVD and the supported operating systems Select the required printer driver Printer driver Page de Supported Operating Systems scription lan guage PCL Driver PCL PCL6 Windows 2000 Professional Service Pack 4 or later driver Windows 2000 Server Service Pack 3 or later Windows XP Home Edition Service Pack 1 or later Windows XP Professional Serv
298. the function to save documents in the machine Documents in the Box can be used for printing sending etc 0 S User B penisystem sano User Box Number 1 999999999 gt Create System User Box Usar Box Password ok User Box List Search from Index AL vw Page Display by 50 cases vl User Box W mBEr User Box Name Type Time Stored 1 box01 Public 11 04 2009 17 43 2 box02 Public 11 04 2009 17 43 Al box03 Public 11 04 2009 17 44 Item Description Open User Box Opens the currently created User Box Public Personal or Group User Box to en able you to print send or download a document saved in the User Box or to change the User Box setting Create User Box Enables to create a new User Box ineo 223 283 363 423 13 17 13 Overview of the user mode 13 4 Item Description Open System This function opens the System User Box Bulletin Board Polling TX Compulsory User Box Memory RX Confidential RX or Relay User Box to enable you to handle a docu ment saved in the User Box or change the User Box setting e The Bulletin Board Polling TX Compulsory Memory RX or Relay User Box is available when the optional Fax Kit is installed e The Confidential RX User Box is available when the optional Fax Kit is installed while no Hard Disk is installed Create System Enables you to create a new Bulletin Board Confidential RX or Relay User Box User Box e The
299. the number of lines 5 lines to 128 lines gt Ifa value outside of the allowable range is specified the message Input error appears Enter a number within the allowable range Job List Specify the number of lines per page when printing a test page c Utility gt PCL Settings gt Line Page Utility User Settings Printer Settings PCL Settings 01 09 2010 16 37 Memory 100 5 Press OK The number of lines is set 12 2 21 CR LF Mapping Specify the CR LF substitution method when printing text data Default No e Mode 1 Select this option to substitute CR with CR LF e Mode 2 Select this option to substitute LF with CR LF e Mode 3 Select this option to substitute with CR LF e No Select this option not to perform substitution 1 In the User Settings screen press Printer Settings For details on displaying the User Settings screen refer to page 12 3 2 Press PCL Settings 3 Press CR LF Mapping Job List Use the menu buttons or keypad to make a selection Utility gt Printer Settings gt PCL Setting Utility i s User Settings Printer Settings 01 09 2010 16 36 Memory 100 _ close _ ineo 223 283 363 423 12 25 12 User settings 12 2 4 Select Yes or No If Yes is selected be sure to also press the button for the desired setting Job List pecify the CR LF mode for printing text data lt ity gt PCL Settings g
300. tion or ac count track setting field is grayed out and cannot be spec ified 14 2 2 Others Problem User authentication or account track may be disabled on the Windows printer driver Possible Cause In the Configure tab enable user authentication or account track Remedy Cannot install the printer driver 14 2 3 Error message Message Cannot connect to the network It has already been installed in Windows Vista Server 2008 as a printer compatible with the Web service print function Cause and remedy If you try to install a printer driver in Windows Vista Server 2008 by use of the Web service print func tion it is recognized as installed before the actual installation is completed Uninstall the printer in the Network Window and then install it again A connection to the network was not able to be established Make sure that the network cable is correctly connected In addition make sure that Network Settings in Administrator Settings have been cor rectly configured 14 6 ineo 223 283 363 423 1 5 Appendix 15 1 Product specifications 15 EEEED M 15 Appendix 15 1 Product specifications Item Specifications Type Built in printer controller Power supply Common with the machine RAM 2 048 MB HDD ineo 423 ineo 363 250 GB ineo 283 ineo 223 Option VF Ethernet 1000Base T 100Base TX 10Base T USB 2 0 Frame type Ethernet 802 2 Etherne
301. to add this machine 2 Open the OpenOfficePrinterAdministrator tool Click New Printer In the Choose a device type window select add a printer and then click Next In the Choose a driver window click import Select GENERIC42BW 4 OpenOffice PPD and then click OK From the Please Select a Suitable driver list select GENERIC42 BW4 OpenOffice PPD and then click Next In the Choose a command line window select the printer registered to CUPS and then click Next Click Finish ineo 223 283 363 423 15 11 15 PPD driver For Linux and applications 15 8 Printing with OpenOffice In OpenOffice select File Print Select GENERIC42BW 4 OpenOffice PPD in Printer name Click Properties Select the desired setting in Page size and then click OK To configure settings other than Page Size click Configure Printer in CUPS Click OK in the OpenOffice print window to print 15 3 8 PPD driver for applications PPD registration destination Example Adobe PageMaker e For PageMaker 6 0 Copy the PPD file to RSRC PPD4 under the folder to which PageMaker is installed e For PageMaker 6 5 and 7 0 Copy the PPD file to RSRC lt Language gt PPD4 under the folder to which PageMaker is installed How to print Select File Print 2 Fromthe PPD box in the print window select this machine Configure the Paper and Features settings for the printer Click the Print button to print 15
302. tor Installing the printer driver using the Add Printer Wizard v Installing the driver to Windows XP Server 2003 based computers requires the administrator authority Insert the printer driver DVD ROM for Windows into the DVD ROM drive of the computer Click Start and then select Printers and Faxes 3 f Printers and Faxes is not displayed in the Start menu open Control Panel from the Start menu click Printers and Other Hardware then click Printers and Faxes In Windows XP select Add a printer from the Printer Tasks menu In Windows Server 2003 double click Add Printer Add Printer Wizard appears Click Next Select Local printer attached to this computer and then click Next gt 3 Clear the Automatically detect and install my Plug and Play printer check box The Select a Printer Port page appears Select Create a new port and then select Standard TCP IP Port as the Type of port Click Next Add Standard TCP IP Printer Port Wizard starts Click Next In the Printer Name or IP Address box enter the IP address for the machine and then click Next gt 3 Ifthe Additional Port Information Required dialog box appears go to Step 10 3 If the Finish screen appears go to Step 13 Select Custom and then click Settings 4 14 ineo 223 283 363 423 4 2 Windows XP Server 2003 4 11 N 00 O 21 N N Change the sett
303. tor Administrator User Mode and enter the administrator password If Prohibited Functions When Authentication Error in Administrator Settings is set to Mode 2 and a user enters an incorrect password the specified number of times that user is locked out and can no longer use the printer Contact your administrator to cancel operation restrictions User List is available only when User Name List is set to ON For details refer to the User s Guide Copy Operations Logging in to the administrator mode To configure the system or network setting log in to the administrator mode 1 Select Administrator and click Login Web Connection Language OS Language OS Language b Login Public User Administrator View Mode Flash HTML Flash Player is necessary to see in Flash form trasrpaven User Assist iv Display dialog box in case of warning Starting up Data Management Utility Flash Player is required to use the Data Management Utility manage Copy Protect Data Manage Stamp Data Manage Font Macro 1 1 Can only run on Windows Internet Explorer and Flash Player Version 9 and above environments Enter the administrator password and click OK 3 To log in to the user mode as an administrator select Administrator User Mode and enter the administrator password 3 Logging in to the administrator mode locks the control panel of this machine and you will not be able to use it
304. ttings 01 09 2010 16 35 Memory 100 Reference The punch function is available only when the punch kit is installed on the optional Finisher FS 527 e The number of punched holes varies depending on the country you are in ineo 223 283 363 423 12 19 12 User settings 12 2 12 2 46 Banner Sheet Paper Tray Specify the paper tray used to print banner pages Default Auto 1 In the User Settings screen press Printer Settings 3 For details on displaying the User Settings screen refer to page 12 3 2 Press Paper Setting 3 Switch the page by pressing 1 or and then press Banner Paper Tray Job List E Select item and enter setting Utility gt Printer Settings gt Paper Setting Punch OFF Banner Paper Tray Auto 01 09 2010 16 35 Memory 1007 4 Press the desired button 5 Press OK 7 Specify the banner paper tray to be used when it is not specified from the printer driver Utility gt Paper Setting gt Banner Paper Tray Job List Utility User Settings 1 A4D Wy sx D 2 A amp D Printer Settings 3 sx D Paper Setting 01 09 2010 16 35 Memory 100 12 20 ineo 223 283 363 423 12 2 User settings 12 12 2 17 Font Settings Configure the default font setting Default Courier 1 In the User Settings screen press Printer Settings For details on displaying the User Settings screen refer to page 12 3 2
305. u turn this machine on im mediately after turning it off it may not function correctly After finishing the installation make sure that the icon for the installed printer is displayed in the Print ers or Devices and Printers window Reference e If the printer driver is not correctly installed the driver must be updated using Update Driver For details refer to page 4 13 ineo 223 283 363 423 4 11 Windows Vista Server 2008 7 4 1 Installing the printer driver when connecting the machine In Windows Vista Server 2008 the printer driver can be installed after you connect this machine Reference In Windows 7 Server 2008 R2 a window for specifying an installation disk does not appear after the machine is connected to the computer Install the printer driver in advance and connect the driver as described in Making the installed printer driver known to the computer Connect this machine to the computer using a USB cable and then start the computer NOTICE When starting up the computer do not plug n or unplug the cable Turn on the main power of this machine The Found New Hardware dialog box appears 3 If the Found New Hardware dialog box does not appear turn this machine off then on again In this case turn off this machine and then wait approximately 10 seconds before turning it on again If you turn this machine on immediately after turning it off it may not function correctly Click Locate and i
306. umber O Save Settings Default Cancel or 3 Selecting the Save Settings check box saves the settings In addition if the Do not show this win dow when setting check box is selected the dialog box does not appear when the function is spec ified 4 Print the document 11 3 2 Recalling a job from the control panel The Save in User Box and Save in User Box Print jobs are saved in a User Box of the specified number To print a document saved in a User Box open the specified box to retrieve the document If a password is specified for the User Box the User Box password is required Reference e User Box documents are automatically deleted after a certain length of time has elapsed since their reg istration The default setting for this time is 1 day and the value can be specified when creating a User Box C Reference For details on the functions of the keys on the control panel refer to the User s Guide Copy Operations For details on the User Box functions of the machine refer to the User s Guide Box Operations 1 Press the User Box key on the control panel 3 Press User Box when the application menu is displayed 2 Select the desired User Box number and then press Use File Boxes are classified as Public User Boxes Personal User Boxes or Group User Boxes Specify the desired User Box from the classification of the saved User Boxes The User Box number can be directly specified 3 f
307. unch Unit _PK 517 2 3 Hole M Hard Disk O Secure Print Only Cancel OK D Click OK or Apply Changes and then close the Printer Info window Reference e Be sure to select the appropriate option e Function Version supports the version of this machine To check the version of this machine click Util ity Counter in the control panel and click Device Information If Device Information is not displayed the version is assumed to be Version 2 The contents of this manual support the functions of Version 3 e When Secure Print Only is selected only the secure print jobs are allowed For details on secure print ing refer to page 11 6 ineo 223 283 363 423 9 5 Default settings of the printer driver 9 2 9 2 2 Registering the default settings The settings for the machine functions configured when printing can only be applied while using the applica tion When you exit the application the settings return to their default settings To register the settings save the printer driver settings For Mac OS X you can register the paper setting as the default setting Settings for other print functions can be saved using the Presets function and used by recalling them as necessary Settings configured in the Page Setup dialog box are saved by selecting Save As Default in Settings Settings Y Page Attributes D Format Ce TS Paper Size 8 1 2x11 E 8 50 by 11 00 inches Orientation d
308. ure the setting to use network fax e This item is displayed only when a Hard Disk is installed Header Informa tion Registers sender information and fax number when sending data Fax Print Quality Settings Specify whether to correct a received G3 fax according to the resolution e The low resolution refers to 200 dpi x 100 dpi 200 dpi x 200 dpi or 300 dpi x 300 dpi and the high resolution refers to 400 dpi x 400 dpi 13 5 10 Setting for each purpose Configure the settings according to the instructions shown in the window for items requiring multiple settings The available setting items are as follows e Configure the settings for sending a scanned document Configure the network print settings e Restrict users using this machine Se Administrator Logout 2 Sp Ready to Scan 2 Display To Main Menu Wizard Wierd OO O The setup required for the selected workflow can be accomplished through the wizard Wizard The setup is performed according to the procedure outlined in the operation objective Setup is completed Please select a setting TX Setting for scan documents C Network print settings C Restrict users from using this device Next Reference e As the setting procedure proceeds its progress flow is displayed on the left e If setting is cancelled you will return to the Setting for each purpose screen after the items that were configured before cancellation have been applied 13 28
309. uto Delete Secure Document 2 Use the menu buttons or keypad to make a selection ministrator Settings gt System Settings gt User Box Settings 1 Delete Unused User Box PC Document Hold Setting 4 2 pelete secure 7 External Memory Print Documents Function Settings A Auto Delete Secure Document A Allow Restrict User Box Encrypted PDF Delete Time be18ce Sfter print setting y Z Z Document Delete Time Setting A ID amp Print Delete Time 01 09 2010 16 45 Memory 100 4 Press the desired button 3 To specify the time manually press Time and then enter the time from the keypad Specify the time you wish to delete Secure Print Documents Administrator Setting gt User Box Setting gt Auto Delete Secure Document Settings System Settings z m ison 00 05 12 00 Settings 01 09 2010 16 46 Memory 100 5 Press OK ineo 223 283 363 423 12 41 12 Administrator Settings 12 4 12 4 5 ID Print Delete Time Specify the length of time for deleting an ID amp print document after it is saved Default 1 day Reference e ID amp Print Delete Time is displayed when the user authentication is enabled on the machine This function can be specified only when a Hard Disk is installed 1 In the Administrator Settings screen press System Settings 3 For details on displaying the Administrator Settings screen refer to page 12 36
310. ve Settings Do not Default Cancel Function Name Description Starting Page Specify the page to start printing the page number Starting Page Number Specify the start number for printing the page number Cover Mode Specify whether the page number is printed on the front cover page and the back cover page when attaching the cover pages Print Position Specify the print position ineo 223 283 363 423 9 23 Parameter details 9 5 Editing Header Footer Recall Header Footer Machine Setting1 HJ Distribution Control Number mM Print in Header 1 M Print in Footer Start Number m O Put zeros in front Number only Pages All Pages B C Save Settings Default Cancel Function Name Description Recall Header Footer Select the header footer setting registered in the machine Distribution Control When printing multiple copies this function prints the number of copies in Number the header footer The start number or number of digits can be specified Pages Specify the pages to print the header footer 9 24 ineo 223 283 363 423 9 5 Parameter details 9 9 5 9 Quality Quality i O Paper View Detailed Information O Toner Save C Edge Enhancement Original Type Document i2 C Quality Adjustment Default Cancel Print Function Name Option Description Toner Save ON O
311. ver you need to change the initialization conditions such as options and enable functions of the machine from the printer driver NOTICE Any options that are installed in the machine but not configured ion the Printer Info tab cannot be used by the printer driver Be sure to configure the settings for the installed options 9 2 1 Option settings 1 Open the Print amp Fax or Printer Setup Utility Print Center window 3 The Print amp Fax window can be opened from System Preferences in Apple Menu OS X 10 4 10 5 10 6 gt The Printer Setup Utility Print Center window can be opened from Macintosh HD Applications Utilities 2 Display the Printer Info window 3 For the Print amp Fax window click Options amp Supplies OS X 10 5 10 6 or Printer Setup OS X 10 4 3 For the Printer Setup Utility Print Center window select Show Info of the Printers menu 3 Display the Installable Options window 3 For Mac OS X 10 5 10 6 click Driver 3 In OS X 10 2 10 3 10 4 select Installable Options 4 Specify the installed options General Driver Supply Levels Print Using WA PS 15s PS To take full advantage of your printer s options confirm that they are accurately shown here For information on your printer and its optional hardware check the printer s documentation Paper Source Unit _PC 208 23 Finisher FS 527 JS 603 SD 509 3 P
312. ver 2003 R2 Standard x64 Edition Windows Server 2003 R2 Enterprise x64 Edition Windows Vista Business Windows Vista Enterprise Windows Vista Home Basic Windows Vista Home Premium Windows Vista Ultimate Windows Server 2008 Standard Windows Server 2008 Enterprise Windows Server 2008 R2 Standard Windows Server 2008 R2 Enterprise Windows 7 Home Basic i Windows 7 Home Premium Windows 7 Professional Windows 7 Enterprise Windows 7 Ultimate Supports 32 bit x86 64 bit x64 environment PostScript PPD Mac OS 9 2 or later driver PS PPD Mac OS X 10 2 8 10 3 10 4 10 5 10 6 3 4 ineo 223 283 363 423 3 2 Printer drivers compatible with respective operating systems 3 Printer driver Page de scription lan guage Supported Operating Systems XPS Driver XPS driver XPS Windows Vista Business Windows Vista Enterprise Windows Vista Home Basic Windows Vista Home Premium Windows Vista Ultimate Windows Server 2008 Standard Windows Server 2008 Enterprise Windows Server 2008 R2 Standard Windows Server 2008 R2 Enterprise Windows 7 Home Basic Windows 7 Home Premium Windows 7 Professional Windows 7 Enterprise Windows 7 Ultimate Supports 32 bit x86 64 bit x64 environment Fax driver Reference Windows 2000 Professional Service Pack 4 or later Windows 2000 Server Service Pack 3 or later Windows XP Home Edition Service Pack 1 or later Windows XP Professional Service P
313. vers Bold Italic Univers Condensed Medium Univers Condensed Bold Univers Condensed Medium Italic Univers Condensed Bold Italic Antique Olive Antique Olive Bold Antique Olive Italic Garamond Antiqua Garamond Halbfett Garamond Kursiv DEVELOP 423 Scalable Scalable Scalable Scalable Scalable Scalable Scalable Scalable Scalable Scalable Scalable Scalable Scalable Scalable Scalable Scalable able able esc 01X esc s0p10h0s0b4099T esc 01X lt esc gt s1p12v0s0b4101T esc 01X esc s1p12v053b4101T esc 01X lt esc gt s1p12v1s0b4101T esc 01X esc s1p12v153b4101T esc 01X esc slpi2v0s0b4113T esc 01X esc s1p12v0s3b4113T esc 01X esc slpl2vis0b4113T esc 01X lt esc gt s1p12v1s3b4113T esc 01X esc slpl2visOb4116T esc 01X esc s1p12v4s3b4140T esc 01X esc s1p12v0s0b4148T esc 01X esc s1p12v0s3b4148T esc 01X esc s1p12v1s0b4148T esc 01X lt esc gt slpl2vis3b4148T esc 01X esc s1p12v4s0b4148T esc 01X esc s1p12v4s3b4148T esc 01X lt esc gt s1p12v5s0b4148T esc 01X esc s1pl12v5s3b4148T esc 01X esc s1p12v0s0b4168T esc 01X esc slpl2v0s3b4168T esc 01X lt esc gt s1p12v1s0b4168T esc 01X lt esc gt s1p12v0s0b4197T esc 01X esc s1p12v0s3b4197T esc 01X lt esc gt s1p12v1s0b4197T 15 8 ineo 223 283 363 423
314. vice Pack 1 or later Windows Server 2003 R2 Standard Edition Windows Server 2003 R2 Enterprise Edition Windows XP Professional x64 Edition Windows Server 2003 Standard x64 Edition Windows Server 2003 Enterprise x64 Edition Windows Server 2003 R2 Standard x64 Edi tion Windows Server 2003 R2 Enterprise x64 Edi tion Windows Vista Business y Windows Vista Enterprise Windows Vista Home Basic 3 Windows Vista Home Premium Windows Vista Ultimate r Windows Server 2008 Standard E Windows Server 2008 Enterprise Windows Server 2008 R2 Standard Windows Server 2008 R2 Enterprise Windows 7 Home Basic Windows 7 Home Premium Windows 7 Professional Windows 7 Enterprise Windows 7 Ultimate Supports 32 bit x86 64 bit x64 environ ment 15 4 ineo 223 283 363 423 15 1 Product specifications 15 Item Specifications PostScript Driver PS Windows 2000 Professional Service Pack 4 or driver later Windows 2000 Server Service Pack 3 or later Windows XP Home Edition Service Pack 1 or later Windows XP Professional Service Pack 1 or later Windows Server 2003 Standard Edition Serv ice Pack 1 or later Windows Server 2003 Enterprise Edition Service Pack 1 or later Windows Server 2003 R2 Standard Edition Windows Server 2003 R2 Enterprise Edition Windows XP Professional x64 Edition Windows Server 2003 Standard x64 Edition Windows Server 2003 Enterprise x64 Edition Windows Server 2003 R2 Standard x64 Edi tio
315. w many higher order bits of an IP address are used for the network address TCP IP The acronym for Transmission Control Protocol Internet Protocol It is a de facto standard protocol widely used for the Internet An IP address is used to identify each network device Touch amp Print A feature that allows documents sent from the printer driver to be printed simply by placing your finger or IC card on the authentication unit connected to the printer when the user authentication is enabled In order to use the Touch amp Print feature an authentication unit must be connected to this ma chine and the vein patterns or the ID of the IC card for each user must be registered TrueType A type of outline font developed by Apple and Microsoft and currently used as a standard font type for Macintosh and Windows This type of font can be used both for display and printing Uninstallation To delete software installed on a computer USB The acronym for Universal Serial Bus This is a general purpose interface de fined for connecting a mouse printer and other devices with a computer Web browser Software used to view Web pages Typical Web browsers include Internet Explorer and Netscape Navigator WINS The acronym for Windows Internet Naming Service This is a service availa ble in Windows environments to call the name server responsible for conver sion between a computer name and an IP address
316. work settings for this machine For details refer to User s Guide Network Administrator ineo 223 283 363 423 3 7 Connection methods selectable in each operating system 3 3 3 3 4 3 3 5 Mac OS 9 2 Setup procedures Connection method Reference page Connection meth od in which setup is possible C Reference AppleTalk A network connection using Ap p 5 12 pleTalk 7 e Specify the connec LPR A network connection using the LPR print service tion method when se lecting a printer Before you can use this machine in the network environment you must configure network settings for this machine For details refer to User s Guide Network Administrator NetWare NetWare version Protocol used Connection method NetWare 4 x IPX Bindery Pserver Nprinter Rprint er NetWare 5 x IPX NDS Pserver Nprinter Rprinter TCP IP NDPS NetWare 6 x IPX NDS Pserver TCP IP NDPS QA Reference For details on the NetWare functions refer to the NetWare operation manual To use the machine in the NetWare environment you must configure the network settings for the machine in advance For details refer to User s Guide Network Administrator 3 8 ineo 223 283 363 423 Manual Installation Using the Add Printer Wizard 4 1 Windows Vista Server 2008 7 4 4 4 1 4 1 1 Manual Installation Using the Add Printer Wizard This chapter describes the procedu
317. www develop eu Print operations TU NN 1 Table of contents 1 Introduction 1 1 WeICOME c X 1 3 1 1 1 BErIGercm 1 3 1 1 2 BECGCSt t M 1 4 1 2 Conventions used in this manual eeeeeee esee eee eee eene er 1 5 1 2 1 Symbols used in this manual eese esee ene 1 5 To use this machine SAO Y icono rene their rre earn da d Ya cR o a Ye Ra x VR Ra exa dada aun 1 5 Procedural INStHUCTION E MQ 1 5 CES 1 6 1 2 2 Original and paper indications oooccnnccnnoniconnnanonancnnnnnrnnnnrr rn non cnn nn rre nene nennen rennen 1 6 Original ANd Paper SIZOSs RER 1 6 Original and paper indications 5 2 atn cutn en etuer ne tits theo n ERR Ro Eh ko ERR ERR ERR RH RE ERN RE ERR RRERRRROR 1 6 2 Overview 2 1 xin iden tasa 2 8 2 1 1 Roles of the printer controller i iiic iir eth ene sexy nd eR ee ex Y AAA Ha A Lan 2 3 2 1 2 gioi erede PE EE 2 4 2 1 3 Control eiae 2 5 2 2 Operating environment cenis I eec liie cce c Let enar es Zu eee eset er aeo arce ya sc rcc EE sac rra rua RU 2 7 2 2 1 Connectable computers and operating SySteM oooooconccnnonccnnncnnnnonnnnnancnnnnonnnnarnnnnnrn nn nan eene 2 7 WIN OWS oes coc eas sec case cca eL I MEI MM EL NEM LE 2 7 MIETe nor T H
318. y dog The quick brown fox jumps over the lazy dog The quick brown fox jumps over the lazy dog The quick brown fox jumps over the laz o 4 The quick brown fox jumps over th S The quick brown fox jumps ove 5 The quick brown fox jump a o T N D ineo 223 283 363 423 15 10 15 3 PPD driver For Linux and applications 1 5 15 3 15 3 1 15 3 2 PPD driver For Linux and applications PPD driver types The PPD driver contains the PPD information for Mac OS 9 Linux and applications e Driver for Linux Install for use with Linux Contains PPD for Linux and PPD for OpenOffice e Driver for applications Install when using applications such as Adobe PageMaker that require the PPD driver PPD driver for Linux Operating environment The PPD driver operates in the environment where systems are combined as follows e OS Red Hat Enterprise Linux 4 CupsVersion 1 1 e OS SuSE Linux 10 1 CupsVersion 1 2 e OpenOffice v1 1 5 Registering the PPD driver for Linux Copy the PPD file to the CUPS model directory usr share cups model for major Linux 2 In Add Printer of the CUPS printing system specify PPD to add this machine 3 For details on CUPS refer to Help in the CUPS Web management page Configuring the PPD driver for Linux In Configure Printer of the CUPS printing system configure the functions Registering the PPD driver for OpenOffice In Add Printer of the CUPS printing system specify PPD
319. ystem and language to be used Copy the driver file onto the desktop according to the Mac OS version OS X 10 2 GENERIC 42BW 4 102 pkg OS X 10 3 GENERIC 42BW 4 103104 pkg OS X 10 4 GENERIC 42BW 4 103104 pkg OS X 10 5 GENERIC 42BW 4 105 pkg OS X 10 6 GENERIC 42BW 4 106 pkg For OS X 10 5 10 6 the driver folder varies depending on the paper size Select the appropriate driv er folder for your environment To use metric based paper size A4 and the like WW A4 folder To use inch based paper size 8 1 2 x 11 in letter size WW Letter folder E E E E E T Double click the file copied onto the desktop The installer starts 3 To cancel installation press Cancel Click Continue following the instructions on the pages that follow until the Installation page appears 3 When the name and password prompt appears during the procedure enter the administrator name and password In the Installation page click Install The printer driver is installed in the computer When the installation is completed a message appears 3 For OS X 10 2 10 3 10 4 when the printer driver is installed for the second and subsequent times Install may change to Upgrade Click Close This completes the printer driver installation Next select a printer ineo 223 283 363 423 5 3 Mac OS X 10 2 10 3 10 4 10 5 10 6 5 1 5 1 2 Selecting and connecting a printer OS X 10 4 10 5 10 6 In OS X 10 4 10 5 10 6 the pr

CompLab printer - manual: print function

Contents

Download Pdf Manuals

Related Search

Related Contents